Home

DL850E/DL850EV ScopeCorder Getting Started - Electro

1. E YOKOGAWA eyo lj ON ecoooo 0 anon o Co gt gt 4 cccoco oooo oooao J O20 q CJ 16 5 355 11 6 56 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module Is Installed When the Record Length Is 1 kpoint 2 5 kpoint 5 kpoint 10 kpoint or 25 kpoint 2 5 kpoint 5 kpoint 10 kpoint 25 kpoint Time div Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Sample Display Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Rate Record Length 5 5 Length 5 5 Length 5 5 5 5 Length Points Points Points Points 100 ns 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 M 100 200 ns 200 100 M 200 100 M 200 100 M 100 M 200 500 ns 500 100 M 500 100 M 500 100 M 100 M 500 1 us 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 100 M 1k 2 us 1k 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 100 M 100 M 2k 5 ys 1k 50M 2 5k 100 M 5k 100 M 100 M 5k 10 us 1k 20M 2k 50M 5k 100 M 100 M 10k 20 us 1k 10M 2k 20M 4k 50M 100 M 20k 50 us 1k 5M 2 5k 10 M 5k 20 M 50 M 25k 100 us 1k 2M 2k 5M 5k 10M 20M 20k 200 us 1k 1M 2k 2M 4k 5M 10M 20k 500 us 1k 500 k 2 5k 1M 5k 2M 5M 25k 1 ms 1k 200k 2k 500 k 5k 1M 2M
2. When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode Continued on next page App 14 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate Continued from previous page Record Length 4 Gpoint 5 Gpoint 10 Gpoint 20 Gpoint 50 Gpoint Time div Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points 4 days 17 28G 5 days 8 64G 6 days 10 368G 8 days 13 824G 10 days 17 28G 20 days 17 28G When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode Relationship between the Main Channel Sample Rate and the Sub Channel Sample Rates of the 16 CH Voltage Input Module Main Channel Number of Sub Channels Sample Rate 1 2 3 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 16 S s Maximum Sample Rate 200 100 k 50k 20k 10k 100 M 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 50 M 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 20 M 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 10 M 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 5M 500 k 500 k 500 k
3. 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF Ip FLT p Isolation Block 701270 STRAIN NDIS 701271 STRAIN DSUB B cpERMOPRen TAN se Sho gt gt ADD KA DAC Power Isolator Isolation Block 701275 ACCL VOLT Current source FLT Of arr bre X AD Se Ya 9 w 4 Current source ASIC ATT ane ape Isolator Isolation Block 701280 FREQ ser e pep EM To sr Mr et ppt v Isolator Isolation Block 720210 HS100M12 FLT 4 peel Isolator Isolation Block 720220 16CHVOLT CH1 CH16 FLT 16 1 AID pES OA J Isolation Block 701953 16CH SCANNER BOX 720221 16CH TEMP VOLT a Moa Isolator 720230 LOGIC High speed logic probe POD A lt gs lt r POD B is Isolated logic probe 720240 CAN MONITOR CAN H I CAN Controller Yt CAN L Interface a
4. 500 500 400 300 200 100 0 Measured current A 100 200 300 400 500 Current probe 701930 Current probe 701933 Current consumption mA Current consumption mA DC AC f 50 Hz BR wo e Positive current t n Negative current e e e 400 150 50 0 50 Measured current A 100 100 150 DC AC f 50 Hz 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 50 40 Positive current 1 Negative current 10 30 20 0 10 20 Measured current A 30 40 50 For details about each current probe contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer 3 18 IM DL850E 03EN 3 5 Connecting Probes Connecting Differential Probes 700924 700925 701926 When using differential probes 700924 700925 701926 made by YOKOGAWA connect the BNC output connector to the input terminal of the oscilloscope Also be sure to connect the GND lead to the functional ground terminal of the DL850E DL850EV If necessary use the auxiliary grounding lead extension A measurement of 1400 Vpeak is possible by connecting the GND lead to the DL850E DL850EV For details on the connection procedure see the manual that came with the differential probe Functional ground terminal
5. 4 Search Setup C Execute Search D FFT menu TE 7 Display ON FFT Setup G Vert Scale Mode F Auto Center Sensitivity 1 0000dBV Start Point FFT Points Next 1 2 MODE menu MODE AutoLevel ee Normal Single SingleN On Start I B A Press the soft key to display a selection menu Press the soft key that corresponds to the appropriate setting B Press the soft key to use the jog shuttle to configure this setting Use the jog shuttle or the arrow keys to set the value or select an item To set a value press NUM LOCK and then use the CH1 to CH16 keys C A related setup menu appears when you press the soft key D Press the soft key to execute the specified feature E Selects which item to configure when configuring a feature that consists of two items that operate with different settings such as the FFT1 and FFT2 features F The selected setting switches each time you press the soft key G Displays a dialog box or a keyboard Use the jog shuttle SET key and arrow keys to configure the settings in the dialog box or operate the keyboard H Pressing a key sets the item to the setting that corresponds to that key How to Display the Setup Menus That Are Written in Purple below the Keys In the explanations in this manual SHIFT key name written in purple is used to indicate the following operation
6. Setup and execution keys Explanation Section 1 2 Probe compensation signal output terminal 1 kHz 1 Vp p A Transmits correction signals for probes Probe correction procedure Section 3 6 KEY PROTECT key Locks the keys Section 1 2 Functional ground terminal A Connect a ground wire to this terminal when performing probe correction 1 2 IM DL850E 03EN 1 1 Top Panel Front Panel Right Side Panel and Left Side Panel Right Side Panel Input module installation slot There are a total of eight slots Input module inse Functional ground terminal A Use to connect the ground wire of a high voltage differential probe or enhance the grounding of the measurement equipment Probe connection method Section 3 5 Probe power supply terminal optional A Use to supply power 12 V to current probes Probe connection method Section 3 5 Input Modules method Section 3 3 rtion and removal Input channel arrangement Sot 1 2 3 4 CH1 CH3 CH5 CH7 CH2 CH4 CH6 CH8 1112 13 14 The following 17 input modules are available High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module HS10M12 model 701250 terminal 2ch High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS HV with RMS model 701267 Signal input High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation Module
7. 3 11 Connecting an Acceleration Sensor An acceleration sensor is connected when measuring acceleration on the 701275 ACCL VOLT For a details on acceleration sensors see the respective manuals A Over Range Indication If over range is indicated the DL850E DL850EV may be receiving a voltage higher than the observed waveform or measured waveform values To prevent electric shock change the vertical scale with the SCALE knob so that the entire amplitude of the waveform is displayed within the waveform display area and check the input voltage level Over range indication Indicates the number of the channel that over range is occurring on Channel indication when over range is occurring on multiple channels Indicates the smallest number among the channels that over range is occurring on A CAUTION Applying a voltage that exceeds the values indicated below to the 701275 ACCL VOLT may damage the input section Maximum input voltage 42 V DC ACpeak When connecting acceleration sensors do it without the bias current being supplied to the sensor Otherwise damage to the internal circuitry of the acceleration sensors may result The DL850E DL850EV only supports acceleration sensors that are driven by constant current with driving current of 4 mA and driving voltage of 22 V Connecting Acceleration Sensors When Connecting Built in Amplifier Type Acceleration Sensors The DL8
8. Auto Calibration Turns auto calibration on and off OFF Calibration The following items are calibrated Execute calibration when you want to make accurate measurements Vertical axis ground level and gain Trigger threshold level Measured time value for repetitive sampling Note Calibration is performed automatically when the power switch is turned on Notes about Calibration Allow the DL850E DL850EV to warm up for at least 30 minutes before you execute calibration If you execute calibration immediately after power on the calibrated values may drift due to temperature changes or other environmental changes Execute calibration in an environment with a stable temperature ranging from 5 to 40 23 5 C recommended Do not apply signals when calibrating Calibration may not be executed properly when input signals are being applied to the DL850E DL850EV Auto Calibration Auto Cal Auto calibration is executed when you start signal acquisition if you have changed Time div and any of the time periods listed below has elapsed since the power was turned on e 3 minutes e 10 minutes 30 minutes One hour and every hour thereafter If calibration is executed while signals are being applied to the DL850E DL850EV we recommend that you recalibrate the DL850E DL850EV without any signals being applied to it 4 14 IM DL850E 03EN 4 8 Starting and Stopping Waveform Acquisition Star
9. Model Number of Displayed Channels Standard M1 1G M2 2G 9 to 16 channels 10M 50M 100M 5 to 8 channels 25M 100 M 250M 3 to 4 channels 50M 250M 500 M 2 channels 100M 500 M 1G 1 channel 250M 1G 2G Unit of record length Point When Dual Capturing Is Off and Hard Disk Recording Is On Model Number of Displayed Channels Standard M1 1G M2 2 G 9 to 16 channels 500 M 2G 5G 5 to 8 channels 1G 5G 10G 3 to 4 channels 2G 10G 20G 2 channels 5G 20G 20G 1 channel 10G 20G 50G Unit of record length Point When Dual Capturing Is On and Hard Disk Recording Is Off Model Number of Displayed Channels Standard M1 1G M2 2 G 9 to 16 channels 5M 25M 50M 5 to 8 channels 10M 50M 100 M 3 to 4 channels 25M 100 M 250M 2 channels 50M 250M 500 M 1 channel 100 M 500 M 1G Unit of record length Point When Dual Capturing and Hard Disk Recording Are On Model Number of Displayed Channels Standard M1 1G M2 2 G 9 to 16 channels 500 M 2G 5G 5 to 8 channels 1G 5G 10G 3 to 4 channels 2G 10G 20G 2 channels 5G 20G 20G 1 channel 10G 20G 50G Unit of record length Point IM DL850E 03EN App 19 xipueddy E Appendix 2 Relationship between the Record Length and the Acquisition Mode Maximum Number of History Waveform Acquisitions The maximum number of acquisitions varies for each module as indicated below Model Record Length Standard M1 1G
10. lt gt to LCX14 me TRIG IN 1 1 1 1 When setto 1 1 1 E i Trigger delay time V Internal trigger Note You can synchronize the operation of two DL850E DL850EVs by using the trigger output function DL850E DL850EV Casan LC No 2 IM DL850E 03EN 5 1 5 2 Trigger Output TRIGGER OUT A CAUTION Do not short the TRIG OUT terminal or apply external voltage to it Doing so may damage the instrument External Trigger Output Terminal N TRIGGER When a trigger occurs the DL850E DL850EV produces a CMOS level signal You can set the output mode to normal or pulse The signal level is normally high It becomes low when a trigger occurs Item Specifications Connector type BNC Output level CMOS level 0 to 5 V Output formats Normal mode and pulse mode Logic Normal mode Low when a trigger occurs and high after acquisition is completed Pulse mode Low when a trigger occurs and high after a specified period of time has passed Output delay Normal mode Within 100 ns 1 sample period Pulse mode Within 100 ns 1 sample period Output hold time Normal mode 100 ns or more Pulse mode 1 ms 50 ms 100 ms or 500 ms Circuit Diagram and Timing Chart for Trigger Output 1000 Equivalent to HC245 AAN lt EXT TRIG OUT Normal mode Pulse mode Trigger occurrence Trigger occurrence the time at t
11. electrically connected inside the instrument same potential Ground l Wire Screwdriver insertion hole insertion hole When you release or lock the terminal block release levers be careful not to injure yourself on the levers protrusions CAUTION When you attach the terminal block if you try to attach it upside down you may damage the terminal block and the module Check the vertical orientation of the block before you install it IM DL850E 03EN suoneoyi2ods Hu 6 13 Module Specifications 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module 720221 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Function Temperature thermocouple or voltage measurement DC coupling Effective measurement range Voltage measurement 20 div display range 10 div Number of input channels 16 Input coupling TC DC OFF and GND TC Temperature thermocouple measurement DC Voltage measurement DC coupling Can be set separately for each sub channel Data update period 100 ms 300 ms 1s 3s Input format Isolated unbalanced Measurement range accuracy For the thermocouple standards see the 701261 Voltage measurement Voltage sensitivity Voltage accuracy Temperature measurement 1 mV div to 2 V div 1 2 5 steps 0 15
12. 3 9 Connecting Bridgeheads When Using a Bridge Head with a MIL Standard MIL C 26482 Connector Wiring The connector on the Strain Module 701270 is a NDIS connector Use a connector adapter cable 700935 by YOKOGAWA to make a MIL NDIS conversion and connect to the Strain Module 701270 Connector recommended by JSNDI Japanese Society for Non Destructive Inspection Bridgehead with MIL standard connector wiring Strain Module 701270 STRAIN NDIS NDIS connector pinout MIL standard connector pinout A Signal Corresponding positive bridge voltage B Signal terminals B Input C Excitation NDIS MIL negative measurement signal D Excitation A C C Bridge E NC B B negative bridge voltage no connection C D D Input F NC positive measurement signal no connection D A E Floating common F Sense positive bridge voltage sensing G Sense negative bridge voltage sensing When Using the A1002JC Connector by YOKOGAWA You can create your own cable by using the YOKOGAWA A1002JC connector that is compatible with the strain module and use the cable to connect a strain gauge bridge or a strain gage transducer to the strain module A1002JC NDIS connector Pinouts as viewed in the two in a set direction of arrow 1 A Bridge positive bridge voltage B Input negative measurement signal FO O C Bridge negative bridge voltage ko 8 D Input positive me
13. 16 CH scanner box Accessory Protection cover 1 Protection cover screw 1 Attaching plate 1 Binding screw 2 701953 L1 For the 720221 cable length 1 m 701953 L3 For the 720221 cable length 3 m Cable 705926 1m in length for connecting the 720221 and 701953 Cable 705927 3 length for connecting the 720221 and 701953 Bridgehead 701955 NDIS bridge resistance 120 701956 NDIS bridge resistance 350 O 701957 DSUB bridge resistance 120 O shunt cal support 701958 DSUB bridge resistance 350 shunt cal support IM DL850E 03EN Checking the Contents of the Package Name Model Safety standard Note Plug on clip 701948 1000Vrms II For the 700929 701947 Long test clip 701906 1000Vrms III For the 700924 701926 Soft carrying case 701963 Has three pockets DC power cord 701970 For the DC power supply model DC Cigarette lighter plug type DC power cord 701971 For the DC power supply model DC Alligator clip type GPS antenna A1058bER GPS interface model C30 Sold individually 1 The actual voltage that can be used is the lowest voltage of the DL850E DL850EV and cable specifications 2 Be sure to connect the GND lead provided with the 700924 to the functional ground terminal of the DL850E DL850EV The connection of the GND lead makes 1400 Vpeak measurement possible 3 Use cables 366926 that YOKOGAWA has b
14. A D conversion resolution 16 bit 4800 LSB div Upper FS Lower FS Temperature coe Zero point 5 uSTR C Typical Gain 0 02 of FS C Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 1 kHz 100 Hz and 10 Hz Cutoff characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical Function mV V support Supports the strain gauge transducer unit system suoneoyi2ods Hu Shunt calibration support Built in shunt calibration relay 1 gauge method Connector shell set for soldering A1520JD 9 pin D Sub 2 pieces A1618JD connector shell 2 pieces Compatible accessories sold Recommended bridge head 701957 D Sub 120 shunt Cal comes with a 5 m cable separately Recommended bridge head 701958 D Sub 350 shunt Cal comes with a 5 m cable Standard accessories IM DL850E 03EN 6 35 6 13 Module Specifications Item Precautions Specifications e Highly sensitive measurements are made in the V level in strain measurements Therefore take measures against noise at the strain sensor perimeter bridge head and cable wiring Depending on the noise environment an error may result in the balance Check the influence before making measurements The bridge head specified by YOKOGAWA has high noise resistance When executing shunt calibration be sure to calculate the shunt resistance in advance and execute it in a range so that the measured values do not exceed the range even when the shunt resistanc
15. IM DL850E 03EN 5 5 5 5 GO NO GO Determination I O and External Start Stop Input EXT I O Input Signal START IN Negative logic Use this signal to perform GO NO GO determination by synchronizing to an external input signal The signal is only valid when on the GO NO GO menu Remote is set to ON If Remote is set to OFF GO NO GO determination is performed regardless of the external signal input the GO NO GO determination result is output Signal Input Circuit 5V Azko Equivalent to START IN i LCX14 HIGH AW 2 LOW 1200 100 pF START Output Signal NOGO OUT Negative logic When the determination result is NO GO fail the output signal level temporarily changes from high H to low L GO OUT Negative logic When the determination result is GO the output signal level temporarily changes from high H to low L Signal Output Circuit 5V GO OUT NO GO OUT GO NO GO I O Timing 100 ms or more 50 ms 0 ms ormore ormore START IN Acquisition Acquisition Judgment Result NOGO OUT ps GO OUT Judgment START IN is not referenced when Remote The signal remains low until the DL850E DL850EV is set to OFF GO OUT and NO GO OUT is ready to accept the next measurement are output according to internal The duration is longer during output to a built in GO NO GO determination printer or internal storage medium 5 6 IM DL850E 03EN 5
16. 5 0007 display area Main window ON Time div for the Man Zoomi Zoom1 waveforms lett 3 es suas DHT was LLLA Poston Time div for the RET wy V i 27 gt 3 Zoom2 waveforms E CH Main Ratio OOK Zoom window 75 000 a 5 0000 Window Layout display area Al Side _ 1 2 300 Ou 5 000V 100 005 284 8 5 0007 404 Bu Stopped 4225 CHi F File 2010 05 14 15 36 19 826291 Auto 1 000 ABCDEFG 2010 05 14 15 36 24 Zoom1 window Zoom2 window display area display area Dual Capture Display Time reference mark 20011 100 0 on 0 500V diy Alatlode Normal Pos 0 00 div JS sec 100ns d iy Time div for the p 2 5007 E n DUAL CAPTURE normal waveform jc esses pes s ee sp deg Mode OFF ON Normal waveform display area Main window 8 Capture Setup a eur mp of the Time from the Eon captured waveform reference point 7007 TBO SR to display Event Let Capture Waveform display Hi area for the zoom o a Time div for the captured waveform Trigger position
17. Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage or allowable common mode input voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur 6 38 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Frequency Module 701280 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 Humidity 20 to 8096 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Measurement function Frequency RPMs RPSs period duty cycle power supply frequency pulse width pulse integration and velocity Effective measurement range 20 div display range 10 div Number of input channels 2 Data update rate 25 kHz 40 us Output delay time Up to 2 computation periods Input format Isolated unbalanced Input connector Metal BNC connector Maximum input voltage Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 2 420 V DC ACpeak Combined with the 701901 701954 1 1 or direct input cable that does not comply with the safety
18. 3 18 Loading Roll Paper into the Built In Printer Optional 3 42 3 19 Connecting an Antenna to the GPS Interface 3 44 xviii IM DL850E 03EN Contents Chapter 4 Common Operations 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 Key and Jog Shuttle Operations sseseeeene emm nnnm 4 1 Entering Values and Strings ectetuer aee de 4 3 Using USB Keyboards and Mouse Devices sss 4 5 Synchronizing the Clock eiecit bu eb cep de neath 4 10 Performing Ato EE 4 11 Initializing Settings Tc ihe nina Anni ME 4 13 Calibrating the 850 0 850 4 14 Starting and Stopping Waveform Acquisition eeee 4 15 IB elvai 4 16 Chapter 5 External Signal I O A 5 1 A 5 2 A 5 3 A 5 4 A 5 5 A 5 6 5 7 External Trigger Input TRIGGER IN esses eren nennen nnns 5 1 Trigger Output TRIGGER QUT ic eire prar te uen tke ERR o sees IER denen 5 2 External Clock Input EXT CLK IN onere rentre enne a ninth 5 3 Video Signal Output VIDEO OUT XGA iira pirine 5 4 GO NO GO Determination I O and External Start Stop Inpu
19. CPU FPGA CAN Controller Y 4 5 Interface Isolator 720241 CAN amp LIN CAN H I P Controller _ 4 interface a ceu Je contrat vL Interface Isolator IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 6 High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS 701260 Specifications The specifications for the High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS 701260 are provided below This input module 701260 will not comply with safety standard EN61010 1 or EN61010 2 030 after September 30 2013 Item Specifications Standard operating Temperature 23 5 conditions Humidity 20 to 8096 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Effective measurement range 20 div 10 div around 0 V display range 10 div when Variable is OFF Number of input channels 2 Input coupling AC DC GND AC RMS and DC RMS Maximum sample rate 100 kS s Input format Isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics Waveform observation mode DC to 40 kHz 73 dB point when a sine RMS observation mode DC 40 Hz to 10 kHz wave of amplitude 3 div is applied Voltage axis sensitivity setting 20 mV div to 200 V div 1 2 5 steps when using 1 1 probe attenuation Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947
20. Continued from previous page Time div 6h 7h 8h 9h 10h 12h 1 day 2 days 3 days 4 days 5 days 6 days 8 days 10 days 20 days Record Length 4 Gpoint 5 Gpoint 10 Gpoint 20 Gpoint 50 Gpoint Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points 10 8 G 12 6 G 14 4 G 16 2 G 18 G 8 64 G 17 28 G 17 28 G 12 96 G 17 28G 8 64G 10 368G 13 824G 17 28G 17 28G When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode IM DL850E 03EN App 7 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module Is Not Installed When the Record Length Is 1 kpoint 2 5 kpoint 5 kpoint 10 kpoint or 25 kpoint Record Length 1 kpoint 2 5 kpoint 5 kpoint 10 kpoint 25 kpoint Time div Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points 1 us 10M 100 10M 100 10M 100 10M 100 2 us 10M 200 10M 200 10M 200 10M 200 5 us 10M 500 10M 500
21. Press this key to save or load data from a storage medium or to display a menu for file manipulation SHIFT ACQUIRE Key Displays a menu used to set the waveform acquisition mode Press SHIFT and then ACQUIRE to display a menu for configuring the dual capture feature START STOP SETUP DISPLAY FILE ACQUIRE CAL x Y MENU DUAL CAPTURE 1 9 syed Jo suonoun pue KEY PROTECT Key When you press this key it illuminates and the keys on the front panel are locked Press the key again to unlock the keys HELP Key Turns on and off the help window which explains various features PRINT Key Use this key to save and print screen capture data PRINT MENU Key Displays a menu for printing screen captures to the built in printer or a network printer or displays a menu for saving screen capture data to a storage medium KEY PROTECT HELP PRINT PRINT MENU a W SNAPSHOT Key Retains the currently displayed waveforms on the screen in white Snapshot waveforms can be saved and loaded CLEAR TRACE Key Clears the waveform acquired using the snapshot function and accumulated waveforms UTILITY Key Displays a menu for configuring system communication network and environment settings for performing self tests and for displaying system information information about installed modules installed options and the firmware version SHIFT Key Press this key onc
22. Vertical and Horizontal Control Item Specifications Channel on off CHn and MATHn can be turned on and off separately ALL CH menu You configure the settings of all channels while displaying waveforms You can use a USB keyboard or mouse Vertical axis zooming Vertical position setting x0 1 to x100 varies depending on the module You set the scale using upper and lower limits or switch between different scales Waveforms can be moved in the range of 5 div from the center of the waveform display frame Linear scaling Roll mode The linear scaling mode can be set separately for each channel only for voltage stress and frequency It can be set to AX B or P1 P2 Roll mode is enabled automatically when the trigger mode is set to Auto Auto Level Single or On Start and the time axis setting is greater than or equal to 100 ms div 6 4 IM DL850E 03EN 6 5 Features Analysis Item Specifications Zooming and searching You can search for and then expand and display a portion of the displayed waveform You can choose from the following search methods Edge The DL850E DL850EV counts the number of rising or falling edges Logic pattern The DL850E DL850EV counts the number of times a logic pattern is detected Event The DL850E DL850EV searches for an event number Time The DL850E DL850EV searches for a date and time History search feature You can search through history waveforms
23. 3 11 Connecting an Acceleration Sensor When using the charge converter Connect a charge output type acceleration sensor to the charge converter using a high insulation low noise cable By driving the charge converter using a constant current from the DL850E DL850EV voltage signals similar to those of the built in amplifier type acceleration sensor can be obtained The DL850E DL850EV measures the signals in the acceleration measurement mode and supplies bias current to the charge converter Set the input sensitivity of the DL850E DL850EV according to the charge converter gain and the sensitivity of the charge output type acceleration Sensor The DL850E DL850EV only supports charge converters that are driven by constant current with driving current of 4 mA and driving voltage of 22 V High insulation low noise cable Normal coaxial E cable n E SIS Charge output type Charge acceleration sensor converter 701275 ACCL VOLT acceleration measurement Note The unit of measu ement of acceleration on the DL850E DL850EV is m s If the sensitivity is indicated in mV G for the acceleration sensor that you are using convert it to m s 1 G 9 81 m s Precautions Do not apply shock outside the specifications see the manual for the acceleration sensor to the acceleration sensors Doing so can damage the sensors Do not impose drastic temperature changes on the acceleration sensors Temperature changes may af
24. 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Working voltage of safety standard Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 or combined with the 7019014701954 1 1 5 400 Vrms measurement category Other 300 Vrms CAT II Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Vertical voltage axis accuracy DC accuracy 5 mV div to 20 V div 2 mVidiv 0 3 of 10 div 1 mV div 0 5 of 10 div 0 2596 of 10 div Input connector BNC connector isolated type Input impedance 1 196 approx 35 pF 3 dB point when AC coupled low frequency attenuation point 1 Hz or less 0 1 Hz or less when using the 700929 0 01 Hz or less when using the 701947 Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Residual noise level Input section shorted 100 uV or 0 01 div whichever is greater Typical Withstand voltage 1500 Vrms for 1 minute across each terminal and earth 60 Hz Allowable transient surge voltage instantaneous 2100 Vpeak across each input terminal and earth Insulation resistance 500 VDC 10 MO or more across each input terminal and earth A D conversion resolution 16 bit 2400 LSB div Temperature coefficient Zero point 5 mV div to 20 Vidiv 0 02 of 10 div C Typical 2 mVidiv 0 05 of 10 div
25. About the Logic Probe Types of Logic Probes YOKOGAWA provides the following four types of probes as accessories for connecting to the logic signal input connector of the DL850E DL850EV High Speed Logic Probe 700986 solated Logic Probe 700987 e 1 m Logic Probe 702911 m Logic Probe 702912 Types of Measurement Leads That Can Be Used Use the following leads to connect to the point of measurement Connecting Leads That Can Be Used with Logic Probes 702911 702912 and 700986 The following two types are available Connecting lead alligator clip parts No B9879PX This lead is primarily for connecting to contact circuits The lead consists of 8 signal lines red and 8 earth lines black Connecting lead IC clip parts No B9879KX This lead is primarily for connecting to electronic circuits The lead consists of 8 signal lines red and 2 earth lines black 3 28 IM DL850E 03EN 3 10 Connecting a Logic Probe to the Logic Input Module Types of Measurement Leads That Can Be Used on the Isolated Logic Probe 700987 Use the following measurement lead For measuring voltages of 42 V or more Measurement lead for isolation logic 758917 An alligator adapter 758922 alligator adapter 758929 or alligator clip dolphin type 701954 is needed to make measurements Note Do not modify the connecting leads Doing so may degrade their specifications Connecting Logic Probes Connecting Logic Pr
26. C Typical 1 mV div 0 1096 of 10 div C Typical Gain 1 mV div to 20 V div 0 02 of 10 div C Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 40 kHz 4 kHz and 400 Hz Cut off characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical Probe attenuation setting Voltage probe 1 1 10 1 100 1 1000 1 Current probe 10 A 1 V for the 700937 701933 100 A 1 V for the 701930 701931 Compatible probes cables Voltage probe Recommended 700929 10 1 safety probe 20 to 45 pF For measuring 600 Vpeak or less 701947 100 1 probe 15 to 45 pF For measuring 600 Vpeak or less Current probe power can be supplied from the DL850E DL850EV Option 700937 15 A 701930 150 A 701931 500 A 701933 30 A High voltage differential probe connect the GND cable provided with the probe to the DL850E DL850EV case 700924 1000 1 100 1 1400 Vpeak For measuring 1400 Vpeak or less Connection cable for high voltage 1 1 701901 isolated type BNC safety alligator clip adapter x2 For measuring 200 Vpeak or less 701954 alligator clip dolphin type red black 2 piece set is required separately Connection cable for low voltage 1 1 366926 non isolated type BNC alligator clip x2 For measuring low voltage less than or equal to 42 Vpeak 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions IM DL850E 03EN 6 23 Hu 6 13 Module Specifications Combined with the 700929 or 701947 70
27. Item Specifications 701270 100 kS s envelope mode 500 USTR gauge factor 2 0 no input filter 701955 bridge voltage 2 V 701956 bridge voltage 10 V 701271 100 kS s envelope mode 500 USTR gauge factor 2 0 no input filter 701957 bridge voltage 2 V 701958 bridge voltage 10 V 701275 100 kS s envelope mode 50 mV div no input filter with the tip of the probe 700929 10 1 shorted 701280 25 kS s envelope mode Frequency no input filter with the tip of the probe shorted 720210 100 M s envelope mode 0 1 V div no input filter with the tip of the probe 700929 10 1 shorted 720220 12 5 kS s envelope mode 0 2 V div no input filter with the end of the cable shorted 720221 25 kS s envelope mode 1 mV div data update period 100 ms with the end of the cable shorted when you are using the 701953 720230 Logic probes 700986 700987 702911 and 702912 with the tips of the logic probes shorted 720240 Bit rate 1 Msps one shot operation 720241 Bit rate 19 2 kbps external signal input Test items 1 Electrostatic discharge Air discharge 8 kV Contact discharge 4 kV Criteria B 2 Radiated immunity 80 M to 1 GHz 10 V m 1 4 G to 2 GHz 3 V m 2 GHz to 4 0 GHz 3 V m criteria A 3 Conducted immunity 3 V criteria A 4 Fast transient burst Power line 2 kV Signal line 1 kV criteria B 5 Power frequency magnetic field Omitted because the device does not exert considerable
28. M2 2G 1k 5000 5000 5000 2 5k 5000 5000 5000 5k 2976 5000 5000 10k 1487 5000 5000 25k 593 2381 5000 50k 295 1189 2381 100 k 144 583 1168 250 k 57 236 474 500 k 28 116 235 1M 13 54 111 2 5M 4 22 46 5M 1 10 22 10M 1 4 10 25M 1 1 3 50M 1 1 1 100 M 18 1 1 250 14 1 1 500 M 0 18 1 1G 0 14 1 2G 0 0 14 Unit of record length Point 1 When there are eight displayed channels 2 When there are four displayed channels 3 When there are two displayed channels 4 When there is one displayed channel Maximum Sample Rate at Which Hard Disk Recording Is Possible The maximum sample rate varies as indicated below depending on the number of channels that are recorded Maximum Number of Channels Maximum Sample Rate 16 channels 100 kS s 8 channels 200 kS s 3 channels 500 kS s 1 channel 1 MS s App 20 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 2 Relationship between the Record Length and the Acquisition Mode Dual Capture Count The dual capture count varies depending on the maximum number of main waveform capturing channels and the record length of DCAP waveforms as shown below Record Maximum Standard Model 1 Model M2 Model length number of HD HD HD HD HD HD ofDCAP main waveform Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording waveforms capturing Off On Off On Off On channels 5k 16 1488 743 5000 2977 5000 5
29. 720220 Input Module LOGIC model 720230 16CH TEMP VOLT model 720221 Signal input terminal Signal input terminal 16 Logic probe terminals 16ch CAN Bus Monitor Module CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Module CAN MONITOR model 720240 CAN amp LIN model 720241 CAN bus signal input terminal LIN bus signal input terminal A CAN bus signal input terminal 1 4 IM DL850E 03EN 1 1 Top Panel Front Panel Right Side Panel and Left Side Panel Left Side Panel Video signal output terminal You can output the displayed image in an XGA RGB signal Explanation about how to use Section 5 4 GP IB connector optional Use to communicate with the DL850E DL850EV through the GP IB interface For information about the DL s GO NO GO and external communication features see the start stop I O connector A communications interface user s Transmits GO NO GO determination manual I O signals IRIG input terminal option A Can also be used to start and stop Use this terminal to apply external sync the DL850E DL850EV through external control signals Explanation about how to use Explanation about how to use Section 5 5 Section 5 6 C20 Vent E33 C External clock External HDD connector input terminal A optional A Use when applying an 5 Use to connect an external hard disk external clock signal Explanation about how to use Explanation about how to use User s manual Sec
30. 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 Period The period from one edge condition to the next edge condition is measured Resolution 100 ns Max period 10 s Frequency The period is measured and the frequency is calculated as 1 period IM DL850E 03EN 6 5 Features Item Specifications Edge count Counts the specified edges IIR Filter format IIR Butterworth Filter type LPF HPF BPF Filter order 4 LPF Cutoff frequency 3 MHz to 0 2 Hz Resolution 3 MHz to 300 kHz in steps of 20 kHz Resolution 298 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 0 3 kHz in steps of 20 Hz Resolution 298 Hz to 30 Hz in steps of 2 Hz Resolution 29 8 Hz to 0 2 Hz in steps of 0 2 Hz HPF Cutoff frequency 3 MHz to 20 Hz Resolution 3 MHz to 300 kHz in steps of 20 kHz Resolution 298 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 20 Hz in steps of 20 Hz BPF Center frequency 3 MHz to 60 Hz Cutoff characteristic Phase Interpolation Resolution Resolution Resolution Resolution Bandwidth 24 dB Oct 3 MHz to 120 kHz in steps of 20 kHz 118 kHz to 12 kHz in steps of 2 kHz 11 8 kHz to 1 2 kHz in steps of 200 Hz 1 18 kHz to 60 Hz in steps of 20 Hz 2 1 5 1 MHz 500 200 150 100 50 20 15 10 5 2 1 5 1 kHz 500 200 100 Hz there are limits based on the center freq
31. DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Vertical voltage axis accuracy 10 mV div to 20 V div 0 5 of 10 div DC accuracy Input connector BNC connector isolated type Input impedance 1 x 195 approx 35 pF 3 dB point when AC coupled 10 Hz or less 1 Hz or less when using the 700929 0 1 Hz or less when using the 700929 low frequency attenuation point Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Residual noise level 1 1 mV or 0 15 div whichever is greater Typical Input section shorted Withstand voltage 1500 Vrms for 1 minute across each terminal and earth 60 Hz Insulation resistance 500 VDC 10 MO or more across each input terminal and earth A D conversion resolution 12 bit 150 LSB div Temperature coefficient Zero point 10 mV div to 20 V div 0 1 of 10 div C Typical Gain 0 0596 of 10 div C Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 2 MHz 1 28 MHz 640 kHz 320 kHz 160 kHz 80 kHz 40 kHZ 20 kHz and 10 kHz Cut off characteristics 12 dB OCT when 2 MHz Typical Probe attenuation setting Voltage probe 1 1 10 1 100 1 1000 1 Current probe 10 A 1 V for the 700937 701933 100 A 1 V for the 701930 701931 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions Combined with the 700929 or 701947 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards amp 700929 BNC 4 701947 3 5 A t Withstand
32. Depending on the noise environment an error may result in the balance Check the influence before making measurements The bridge head specified by YOKOGAWA has high noise resistance Some of the strain gauge sensors and bridge heads made by other manufacturers do not have sensing wires connected No such problems with bridge heads made by YOKOGAWA If such products are used an error may result in the bridge voltage leading to measurement errors because sensing does not work effectively If possible it is desirable that sensing be done very close to the bridge However if this is not possible use the NDIS conversion cable DV450 001 that is sold separately by YOKOGAWA Outline specifications of the DV450 001 Sensing cable NDIS male female 30 cm in length insert it as close to the bridge as possible The connector shell is connected to the case potential When a bridge head 701955 or 701956 is used the connector shell cable shield and the bridge head case are all connected to the case potential of the DL850E DL850EV When a bridge head 701955 or 701956 is used the floating GND is connected to the bridge head case inside the bridge head Be sure to execute balancing again when you change the range or the bridge voltage 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions 2 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted Module front View A Bridge positive bridge
33. Input impedance 10 kO or more Threshold level Approx 1 4 V Input methods TTL level or contact input switchable During contact input Pulled up to 5 V 6 54 IM DL850E 03EN 6 15 16 CH Scanner Box Specifications For the specifications other than the dimensions of the 16 CH Scanner Box see the 16 CH temperature voltage input module 720221 specifications External Dimensions Unit mm Unless otherwise specified tolerances are 3 however tolerances are 0 3 mm when below 10 mm 16 CH Scanner Box _ 148 I kd Do N E 6000000000000000 Attaching plate 177 03 5 N o o e e N 6 164 5 M I w 1 ol IM DL850E 03EN 6 55 suoneoyioodg Hu 6 16 External Dimensions DL850E DL850EV Unless otherwise specified tolerances are 3 however tolerances are 0 3 mm when below 10 Unit mm Rear view
34. Number of input channels 2 Input coupling AC DC and GND Maximum sample rate 10 MS s Input format Non isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics 7 3 dB point when sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied DC to MHz Voltage axis sensitivity setting 5 mV div to 20 V div 1 2 5 steps when using 1 1 probe attenuation Maximum input voltage Combined with the 701940 10 1 2 600 V DC ACpeak at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 200 V DC ACpeak as a value that meets the safety standard 250 V DC ACpeak maximum allowable voltage as a value that does not damage the instrument when applied Vertical voltage axis accuracy 5 mV div to 20 V div 0 5 of 10 div DC accuracy Input connector BNC connector metallic type Input impedance 1 x 1 approx 35 pF 3 dB point when AC coupled 10 Hz or less 1 Hz or less when using the 701940 low frequency attenuation point Residual noise level 400 pV or 0 06 div whichever is greater Typical Input section shorted A D conversion resolution 12 bit 150 LSB div Temperature coefficient Zero point 5 mV div to 20 V div 0 05 of 10 div C Typical Gain 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 500 kHz 50 kHz 5 kHz and 5400 Hz Cut off characteristics 18 dB OCT Typical Probe attenuation setting Voltage probe 1 1 10 1 100 1 1000 1 Current p
35. falling edge or rising or falling edge Time Trigger The DL850E DL850EV triggers at the specified date and time and at specified intervals afterwards External Signal Trigger The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the signal applied to the TRIG IN terminal passes through the specified trigger level in the specified way rising or falling edge Power Line Signal Trigger The DL850E DL850EV triggers on the rising edge of the power supply signal that it is receiving This trigger enables you to observe waveforms in synchronization with the power supply frequency Enhanced Triggers A B N Trigger After state condition A is met the DL850E DL850EV triggers when state condition B is met N times Met Met N times A B B H Trigger A Delay B Trigger After state condition A is met and the specified amount of time elapses the DL850E DL850EV triggers when state condition B is first met Met Met A Delay time B Trigger passes gg 2 4 IM DL850E 03EN 2 2 Triggering Edge On A Trigger Enhanced While state condition A is met the DL850E DL850EV triggers on the OR of multiple trigger source edges Condition A is being met l Trigger 4 Edge detection OR Trigger The DL850E DL850EV triggers on the OR of multiple trigger source edges AND Trigger The DL850E DL850EV triggers on the AND of multiple trigger source conditions The DL850E DL850EV triggers when
36. measured values may be unstable Attach Remove the sensors after confirming that the rotating object to be measured is stopped Setthe preset to electromagnetic pickup EM Pickup only when using the electromagnetic pickup 3 32 IM DL850E 03EN 3 12 Connecting Sensors to the Frequency Module Connecting the Electromagnetic Pickup The DL850E DL850EV allows power generating electromagnetic pickup to be connected directly The DL850E DL850EV does not support electromagnetic pickups that require external power supply or those that require a terminator at the output To connect electromagnetic pickups use BNC cables Use cables that are appropriate for the electromagnetic pickups being used When the input is set to electromagnetic pickup determination is not made on whether the input voltage level exceeds the specified input voltage range Therefore the LEDs see page 3 8 do not illuminate eve when the input voltage level is over range DL850E DL850EV Rotating object under d measurement BNC connector 902 5 Power generating electromagnetic pickup 701280 FREQ IM DL850E 03EN 3 33 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 13 Connecting Wires to the 16 CH Voltage Input Module To measure voltages with the 720220 16CH VOLT connect wires to the terminal block WARNING When connecting a device under measurement to the instrument be sure to turn off the devic
37. of 10 div specifications Type Measurement Range Accuracy K 200 to 1300 C 0 1 of reading 1 5 C E 200 to 800 C Except 0 2 of reading 1 5 C J 200 to 1100 C for 200 C to 0 C T 200 to 400 C L 200 to 900 C U 200 to 400 C N 0 to 1300 C R 0 to 1700 C 0 1 of reading 3 C S 0 to 1700 C Except 0 to 200 C 8 C 200 to 800 C 5 C B 0 to 1800 C 0 1 of reading 2 C Except 400 to 700 C 8 C Effective range is 400 to 1800 C W 0 to 2300 C 0 1 of reading 3 C Au7Fe 0 to 300K 0 to 50K 4 50 to 2 5K Maximum input voltage Both temperature and voltage input 42 V DC ACpeak at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Both temperature and voltage input 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Vertical resolution Voltage measurement During voltage input 2400 LSB div Temperature measurement When measuring temperature 0 1 C Common mode rejection ratio Voltage measurement 100 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Temperature measurement 140 dB or more 50 60 Hz with data update period 3 seconds Typical Residual noise level Input section shorted 10 01 div Typical A D conversion resolution Voltage measurement 16 bits 2400 LSB range Temperature coefficient Voltage measurement Zero point 0 02596 of 10 div C Typical
38. of samples per second S s When the sample rate is low compared to the frequency of the input signal the high frequency components of the waveform are misread as low frequency components To prevent the high frequency components from being misread sample the signal at the highest sample rate possible or set the waveform acquisition mode to Envelope Roll Mode Display When the trigger mode is Auto Auto Level Single or On Start and the time axis setting is 100 ms div or longer instead of updating waveforms through triggering update mode the DL850E DL850EV displays the waveforms in roll mode In roll mode waveforms scroll from right to left as new data is captured and the oldest values are deleted from the screen IM DL850E 03EN 2 3 soJnjeo J 2 2 Triggering A trigger is a cue used to display the waveform on the screen A trigger occurs when the specified trigger condition is met and a waveform is displayed on the screen Trigger Modes The trigger mode determines the conditions for updating the displayed waveforms There are six trigger modes Auto Auto Level Normal Single N Single and On Start The trigger mode setting applies to all trigger types Trigger Types Triggers can be broadly divided into simple triggers and enhanced triggers Simple Triggers Input Signal Trigger The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the trigger source passes through the specified trigger level in the specified way rising edge
39. red black Safety mini clip hook type 701959 1000 Vrms CAT II Two pieces in one set red black Alligator clip adapter 758922 300 Vrms CAT II Two pieces in one set Alligator clip adapter 758929 1000 Vrms CAT II Two pieces in one set Fork terminal adapter 758921 1000 Vrms CAT Two pieces one set red black For 4 mm screws Cable 366926 For measuring low voltage of less than or equal to 42 V Banana alligator clip cable 366961 For measuring low voltage of less than or equal to 42 V for the 701261 701262 or 701265 High speed logic probe 700986 42 V or less 8 bits non isolated response speed of 1 us Isolated logic probe 700987 250 Vrms CAT II 8 bits each channel isolated response speed of 20 ms for AC 1m logic probe 702911 8 bits non isolated 3 m logic probe 702912 8 bits non isolated Isolated logic measurement 758917 1000 Vrms CAT II Two pieces in one set Used with the 758922 or 758929 adapter lead The adapters are sold separately External I O cable 720911 For external I O 1 m safety BNC cable 701902 1000 Vrms CAT I 2 m safety BNC cable 701903 1000 Vrms Safety BNC to banana 758924 500 Vrms CAT II For the 701250 701251 701255 and 720210 adapter Probe power supply 701934 High current output power supply for external probes four outputs Shunt resistor 438920 250 Q 0 196 438921 100 Q x 0 196 438922 100 x 0 196
40. sine interpolation linear interpolation or pulse interpolation Graticule Three graticule types to choose from Auxiliary display on off Scale values waveform labels the extra window the level indicator and the numeric display can be turned on and off X Y display The X and Y axes can be selected from CHn and MATHn Max four traces x two windows Accumulation Persistence mode Snapshot The currently displayed waveforms can be retained on the screen Snapshot waveforms can be saved and loaded Clear trace The displayed waveform is cleared Dual capturing Main waveform Captured waveform The data of a single waveform can be acquired at two different sample rates Maximum sample rate Maximum sample rate Record length 100 kS s roll mode area 100 MS s 5 kpoint 10 kpoint 25 kpoint 50 kpoint 100 kpoint 250 kpoint 500 kpoint Hard disk recording when the HDO or HD1 option is installed Maximum sample rate Capacity Operation overview Depends on the number of channels being used 1 MS s when 1 channel is being used 100 kS s when 16 channels are being used Depends on the amount of free space on the HDD When waveform acquisition occurs according to the specified trigger mode the DL850E DL850EV stores the data to an internal hard disk or an external hard disk that supports eSATA 10 MS s when the High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 720210 is not installed
41. three current method 3P3W 3V3A three phase four wire system 3P4W Delta math function Three phase three wire 3P3W three phase three wire system that uses a three voltage three current method 3P3W 3V3A Three phase three wire 3V3A three phase four wire system 3P4W delta star Three phase four wire system 3P4W three phase three wire 3V3A star delta Math items Rms voltage and current of each phase Voltage and current simple average of each phase DC AC voltage and current components of each phase AC Active power Apparent power Reactive power Power factor Current phase difference Voltage and current frequencies Maximum voltage and current minimum voltage and current Maximum power minimum power Integrated watt hour integrated watt hour of each polarity positive and negative Integrated ampere hour integrated ampere hour of each polarity positive and negative Apparent energy Reactive energy Impedance of the load circuit Series resistance of the load circuit Series reactance of the load circuit Parallel resistance of the load circuit Parallel reactance of the load circuit Three phase voltage unbalanced factor Three phase current unbalanced factor Motor output math Power efficiency select motor output result and power math result or power math result of two Systems 6 10 IM DL850E 03EN 6 5 Features Item Specifications Rms ma
42. 1 Press SHIFT The SHIFT key illuminates to indicate that the keys are shifted Now you can select the setup menus written in purple below the keys 2 Press the key that you want to display the setup menu of ESC Key Operation If you press the ESC key when a setup menu or available settings are displayed the screen returns to the menu level above the current one If you press the ESC key when the highest level menu is displayed the setup menu disappears IM DL850E 03EN suoneJedo 4 1 Key and Jog Shuttle Operations RESET Key Operation If you press RESET when you are using the jog shuttle to set a value or select an item the setting is reset to its default value depending on the operating state of the DL850E DL850EV the setting may not be reset SET Key Operations The operation varies as indicated below depending on what you are setting Fora setup menu that has two values that you use the jog shuttle to adjust Press SET to switch the value that the jog shuttle adjusts For a menu that has the jog shuttle SET mark displayed on it Press SET to confirm the selected item Arrow Key Operations The operation varies depending on what you are setting When setting a value Up and down arrow keys Increases and decreases the value Left and right arrow keys Changes which digit to set When selecting the item to set You can use the up and down arrow keys How to Enter Values in Setup
43. 1 input 20 mV div conversion 701261 lt 3 mV 5 mV div range conversion 701262 lt 3 mV 5 mV div range conversion 701265 10 05 mV 0 1 mV div 701270 lt 100 USTR 500 uV range gauge factor 2 701271 lt 100 USTR 500 uV range gauge factor 2 701275 lt 6 mV 1 1 input 5 mV div range conversion 701280 lt 0 01 Hz frequency 0 1 Hz div conversion 720210 lt 50 mV 1 1 input 10 mV div range conversion 720220 lt 20 mV 0 2 V div range conversion 720221 lt 2 mV 1 mV div range data update period 100 ms when you are using the 701953 720230 No bit errors 720240 No erros 720241 No erros Test conditions 701250 10 MS s envelope mode 50 mV div no input filter with the tip of the probe 700929 10 1 shorted 701251 1 MS s envelope mode 10 mV div no input filter with the tip of the probe 700929 10 1 shorted 701255 10 MS s envelope mode 50 mV div no input filter with the tip of the probe 701940 10 1 shorted 701267 100 kS s envelope mode 0 2 V div no input filter with the end of the cable shorted 701261 100 kS s envelope mode 5 mV div no input filter with the end of the cable shorted 701262 100 kS s envelope mode 5 mV div no input filter with the end of the cable shorted 701265 500 S s envelope mode 0 1 mV div no input filter with the end of the cable shorted IM DL850E 03EN 6 19 suoneoyi2oods Bu 6 12 General Specifications
44. 13 Module Specifications CAN Bus Monitor Module 720240 Specification Item Specifications Standard operating Ambient temperature 23 5 condition Ambient humidity 20 to 8096 RH Number of input ports 2 Maximum sample rate 100 kS s Input format Isolated unbalanced 3 to 10 V between CAN and GND or CAN L and GND Maximum input voltage Maximum allowable 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms common mode voltage Input connector D sub 9 pin male Terminator Internal can be enabled or disabled for each port Supported protocol Physical layer ISO 11898 High Speed Communication Supported bit rates 10 kbps 20 kbps 33 3 kbps 50 kbps 62 5 kbps 66 7 kbps 83 3 kbps 100 kbps 125 kbps 250 kbps 500 kbps 800 kbps 1 Mbps LED display Illuminates to indicate that the terminator is enabled Number of sub channels 16 sub channels ports 60 for firmware versions 1 20 and later One shot output Frames can be output in single shots Terminator resistance when the terminator is enabled 110 to 130 Q A D converter resolution when Value Type is set to Float 16 bits 2400 LSB div 1 Low speed CAN at low speed transceiver levels is not supported The 100 kbps covers firmware versions 1 30 and later of the DL850E DL850EV 2 Applies to modules whose firmware version is 1 20 and later 6 52 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specific
45. 2 Measurement range 2 2 IM DL850E 03EN 2 1 Vertical and Horizontal Axes Horizontal Axis Time Axis Time Axis Setting Normally under the initial settings the time axis scale is set as a length of time per grid division 1 div The selectable range is 100 ns div to 3 days div As you adjust the value the unit changes between seconds minutes hours and days automatically Because the horizontal display range is 10 div the amount of time on the waveform that is displayed is equal to the time axis setting x 10 When the 720210 HS100M12 module is installed the scale range starts at 100 ns div when it is not installed the scale range starts at 1 us div Internal and External Clocks Time base selection Under the initial settings the DL850E DL850EV samples the measured signal using the internal clock signal produced by its internal time base circuit You can also use an external clock signal to control sampling Apply the external clock signal to the external clock input terminal This external clock input is useful for synchronizing to the clock signal of the waveform that is being measured Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate If you change the time axis setting the sample rate and the acquisition memory record length also change For details see appendix 1 Sample Rate If you change the time axis setting the sample rate also changes The sample rate is the number
46. 5 GO NO GO Determination I O and External Start Stop Input EXT 1 0 External Start Stop Input EXT I O You can use an external signal to start and stop the DL850E DL850EV External Start Stop Input Terminal The External Start Stop Input terminal and the GO NO GO 1 0 terminal are the same terminal This terminal is used as an external start stop input when the GO NO GO determination I O function is not used when on the GO NO GO menu Mode is set to OFF Specifications The connector uses an RJ 11 modular jack Connect the separately sold 720911 cable to the connector NEXT IIO Pinno Signal EXT EVENT IN Manual event Event input occurs on low edge START IN Starts on low edge stops on high NC no connection NC no connection GND NC no connection oci oNA Connector on the DL850E DL850EV Input level TTL 0 to 5 V Circuit Diagram for External Start Stop Input 5V E LCX14 5 120 20 AAA Low 100 pF START Contact input is possible 5V 2 Close to start 7 open to stop Note Low and high edges are used to detect starts and stops Youcan select whether to enable high edges stops in the external start stop signal or disable For information about how to do so see section 18 8 Configuring the Environment Settings in the user s manual IM DL850E 03EN 5 7 reuBis jeu1o x3 BH 5 6 IRIG Signal Input IRIG op
47. C temperature is balanced Au7Fe 1K Bandwidth limit digital filter Select from OFF 30 Hz 8 Hz and 2 Hz IM DL850E 03EN 6 31 suoneoyi2oods Bu 6 13 Module Specifications Item Specifications Input bias current 20 nA or less The zero point appears to be offset when the input is open due to the effects of bias current on this module However this is not a malfunction Connect the input to the object to be measured 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions 2 Does not include the reference junction temperature compensation accuracy 3 This module supports Au7Fe with 0 0796 metal content with respect to gold ES L a 6 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted A Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage or allowable common mode input voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated 6 32 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Strain Module NDIS 701270 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration and auto balance Effective meas
48. CAT II 30 Vrms For the 701251 HS1M16 Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less e When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe 600 V DC ACpeak Safety cable 1 1 combined with 701901 701954 140 V DC ACpeak Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe Or when used with the safety cable 1 1 a combination of the 701901 and 701954 400 Vrms measurement category Other O 300 Vrms CAT II e Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Forthe 701255 NONISO 10M12 This module is non isolated Be sure to fasten the module screws when measuring a voltage above 42 V on this module In addition use the 701940 10 1 dedicated non isolated passive probe Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less e Combined with the 701940 10 1 passive probe 600 V DC ACpeak Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 200 V DC ACpeak as a value that meets the safety standard 250 V DC ACpeak maximum allowable voltage as a value that does not damage the instrument when applied IM DL850E 03EN 3 15 sjueuiaJnseo y 104
49. GND Maximum allowable common mode voltage 30 Vrms CAT and 11 Input connector D sub 9 pin male Supported protocol Physical layer Complies with ISO9141 Supported bit rates 2400bps 9600bps 19200bps Supported data length 4 bytes maximum Number of sub channels 60 sub channels Supported check sums Standard check sum extended check sum IM DL850E 03EN 6 53 suongeoyi2ods Hu 6 14 Logic Probe Specifications High Speed Logic Probe 700986 Specifications Item Specifications Number of inputs 8 Input format Non isolated all the bits share the same ground with the DL850E DL850EV and each other Maximum input voltage 42V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms between the probe tip and ground at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Response time Within 1 us Input impedance 100 or more Threshold level Approx 1 4 V Isolated Logic Probe 700987 Specifications Item Specifications Number of inputs 8 Input format Isolated all bits are isolated Input connector Safety terminal type for banana plug x 8 Input switching Each bit can be switched to AC or DC input Input signal display The H L state of each bit is indicated with LEDs the LEDs illuminate to indicate H Applicable input range During DC input H L detection of 10 VDC to 250 VDC During AC input H L detection of 80 VAC to 250 VAC at 50 60 Hz Threshold level During DC in
50. Gain 0 0196 of 10 div C Typical Reference junction compensation E J T L 1 C accuracy when the input terminal R S B W 1 5 C temperature is balanced Au7Fe 1 Bandwidth limit Typical Data update period 100 ms 600 Hz 3 dB point 300 ms 200 Hz 1 s 50 Hz 3s 10 Hz Input connector Screw type Input impedance Approx 1 MO Interference between sub channels 100 dB 50 60 Hz more Typical External scanner box Model number 701953 built in reference junction Length of included cable 1 m 3 m selectable 6 48 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions 2 Does not include the reference junction temperature compensation accuracy 3 This module supports Au7Fe with 0 0796 metal content with respect to gold 6 Typical value represents a typical or average value It is not strictly warranted A When connecting a device under measurement to the instrument be sure to turn off the device It is extremely dangerous to connect or disconnect wires while the device under measurement is on Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Modules To avoid electric shock be sure to ground the instrument To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical protection function and the mechanical protection function will not be activated Precauti
51. HS10M12 or 701251 HS1M16 use an isolated probe the 700929 or 701947 1 1 safety cable a combination of the 701901 and 701954 or differential probe 700924 The BNC portion of the 10 MHz passive probe 701940 is metal so if you use it with isolated input the 720210 HS100M12 701250 HS10M12 701251 HS1M16 701275 ACCL VOLT or 701280 FREQ for safety be sure to only use it with voltages at or below 42 V Do not connect voltage above 42 V to both the High and Low sides For non isolated inputs 701255 NONISO 10M12 etc fasten the module screws When you apply high voltages to the 701280 FREQ use an isolated probe the 700929 or 701947 In Using the High Voltage Differential Probes Be sure to connect the GND lead of a differential probe the 700924 or 700925 to the functional ground terminal on the right side panel of the instrument Otherwise high voltage may appear at the BNC connector making it dangerous 3 14 IM DL850E 03EN 3 5 Connecting Probes Maximum Input Voltages and Maximum Allowable Common Mode Voltages for the Modules Applying a voltage exceeding the value indicated below may damage the input section If the frequency is above 1 kHz damage may occur even when the voltage is below this value For the 720210 HS100M12 Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less e When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe 1000 V DC ACpeak CAT
52. II 30 Vrms Correct measurements cannot be obtained when the positive and negative thermocouple leads are connected in reverse Immediately after connecting the thermocouple the heat balance may be disturbed at the input terminal section and may cause measurement errors Therefore wait about ten minutes before making a measurement n an environment where the air from the air conditioning is directly applied to the input terminals or where there are effects from a heat source the heat balance may be disturbed at the input terminal section and cause measurement errors When making measurements in this type of environment take preventive measures such as changing the position Hfum XM M i 2S 3 24 IM DL850E 03EN 3 9 Connecting Bridgeheads Strain is measured by connecting a strain gauge bridge bridge head or a strain gauge transducer to the strain module This section will mainly describe the procedures and precautions related to the connection of the bridge head Model 701955 701956 701957 701958 For the connection of other strain gauge bridges or strain gauge transducers see the respective manuals CAUTION Only connect a strain gauge bridge bridge head or a strain gauge transducer to the strain module Connecting other devices or applying a voltage that exceeds the values indicated below to the strain module may
53. Isolation Module 701250 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Effective measurement range 20 div 10 div around 0 V display range 10 div when Variable is OFF Number of input channels 2 Input coupling AC DC and GND Maximum sample rate 10 MS s Input format Isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics 7 3 dB point when sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied DC to 3 MHz Voltage axis sensitivity setting 5 mV div to 20 V div 1 2 5 steps when using 1 1 probe attenuation Maximum input voltage Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 2 600 V DC ACpeak at a frequency of 1 kHz less Combined with the 7019014701954 1 1 4 200 V DC ACpeak as a value that meets the safety standard 250 V DC ACpeak maximum allowable voltage as a value that does not damage the instrument when applied Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common Working voltage of safety standard mode voltage Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 or combined with the 7019014701954 at a frequency of 1 kHz 1 1 5 400 Vrms measurement category Other O 300 Vrms CAT II Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT Il 30 Vrms Vertical volt
54. NAE N When you hold or put away the handle be careful not to get your hand caught between the handle and the case When you carry the instrument be careful not to get your hand caught between the wall installation surface or other objects and the instrument Cleaning When cleaning the case or the operation panel first remove the power cord from the AC outlet Then wipe with a dry soft clean cloth Do not use chemical such as benzene or thinner These can cause discoloring and deformation 3 2 IM DL850E 03EN 3 2 Installation Conditions Install the instrument in a place that meets the following conditions Installing the Instrument This instrument is designed to be used indoors Do not install or use it outdoors Install the instrument so that you can immediately remove the power cord if an abnormal or dangerous condition occurs CAUTION If you block the inlet or outlet holes on the instrument the instrument will become hot and may break down Flat Even Surface Install the instrument in the correct orientation see page 3 4 in a safe place with no tilting from front to back or left to right When you install the instrument with the rear panel facing down you can tilt it on its stand The recording quality of the printer may be hindered when the instrument is placed in an unstable or inclined place Well Ventilated Location There are inlet holes on the bottom si
55. NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 8 CH key saan LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 9 CH key anes NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 0 CH key ea LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E DL850EV ENTER CH key ENTER when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E DL850EV CH key when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E DL850EV CH key when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E DL850EV ESC ESC or F8 Select soft key 1 F1 Select soft key 2 F2 Select soft key 3 F3 Select soft key 4 F4 Select soft key 5 F5 Select soft key 6 F6 Select soft key 7 F7 SNAPSHOT PAUSE Turn ZOOM MAG to the right INSERT Turn VERTICAL SCALE to the right HOME Turn HORIZONTAL TIME DIV to the right PAGE UP Turn ZOOM MAG to the left DELETE Turn VERTICAL SCALE to the left End Turn HORIZONTAL TIME DIV to the left PageDown Right arrow Left arrow lt Up arrow T Down arrow 28 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 5 Block Diagrams Block Diagram of the DL850E DL850EV Acquisition Block Diagram CPU Block Diagram CPU Main Memory ACQ Memory 250MW 2000MW M1 or M2 option Printer Controller B5 option Internal Thermal Graphic Controller gt c GIGAZoom Plug in ce Engine2 10 4 Color TFT lt XGA 1024 x 768 ACQ ASIC m lt lt VIDEO OUT XGA SD
56. Option 700937 15 A 701930 150 A 701931 500 A 701933 30 A High voltage differential probe connect the GND cable provided with the probe to the DL850E DL850EV case 700924 1000 1 100 1 1400 Vpeak For measuring 1400 Vpeak or less Connection cable for high voltage 1 1 701901 isolated type BNC safety alligator clip adapter x2 For measuring 200 Vpeak or less 701954 alligator clip dolphin type red black 2 piece set is required separately Connection cable for low voltage 1 1 366926 non isolated type BNC alligator clip x2 For measuring low voltage less than or equal to 42 Vpeak suoneo2yi2ods Hu 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions IM DL850E 03EN 6 21 6 13 Module Specifications Combined with the 700929 or 701947 700929 701947 Combined with the 701901701954 701901 701954 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards O BNC 6 Withstand voltage 1500 Vrms for 1 minute Allowable transient surge voltage 2100 Vpeak between earth and input 8 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock b
57. Position Clicking the menu item that you want to select will confirm your selection Marker Form F Click in this area to change the selected item Item Setup Select Window Clearing the Menu To clear the menu click outside of it Specifying Values The following description explains how to specify values for menu items that have a G2 icon next to them If there are two G2 icons next to a single menu item click on the item to select an item to configure To increase a value rotate the mouse wheel back To decrease a value rotate the mouse wheel forward To increase a value move the pointer above the value so that the pointer becomes a 2 and then click the left mouse button To decrease a value move the pointer below the value so that the pointer becomes xz and then click the left mouse button To move the decimal place point to the left or right of the value you want to set so that the pointer becomes a ora and then click the left mouse button The decimal place will move one place to the right or left each time you click the left mouse button Change the value by clicking and using the mouse wheel Uursqri L4 00 Cursor2 nmm Click within this area to select the item that you want to set IM DL850E 03EN 4 3 Using USB Keyboards and Mouse Devices Selecting Check Boxes To select a check box click it To clear a check box click it again Select Display Cursor
58. V FS Input impedance 1 MQ x 1 approx 35 pF Pull up function approx 5 V pull up can be turned ON only when the input is set to Pull Up 5 V Input coupling settings AC DC Probe attenuation setting 10 1 1 1 Minimum voltage width for pulse 200 mVp p detection Bandwidth limit Select from Full 100 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz and 100 Hz Cutoff characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical Threshold Hysteresis Set within the FS of the voltage range Set in units of 1 of the FS Select 1 2 5 or 5 of the FS of the voltage range Preset function Slope selection Logic 5 V 3 V 12 V 24 V electromagnetic pickup zero crossing pull up AC100 V AC200 V and user defined Select rising or falling Lower 3 dB point when AC coupled 0 5 Hz or less 0 05 Hz or less when using the 700929 0 005 Hz or less when using the 701947 Typical Chatter elimination function OFF or 1 to 1000 ms 1 ms resolution Eliminates the chatter that occurs such when the contact input is turned ON OFF Can discard the signal changes over the specified interval Input status indication function Input status indication through the LEDs of each channel function When in operation llluminates in green when pulse input is detected When overdriven llluminates in red when the input voltage exceeds the range 6 40 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Item Specifications Compatible p
59. When using a DL850EV DC power supply model Make sure to perform protective earth grounding to prevent electric shock Connect the DC power cord after checking that the power switch of the instrument is turned OFF If you connect the power cord with the power switch turned ON sparks may be emitted and can lead to fire xiv IM DL850E 03EN Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Modules Donotapply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical protection function and the mechanical protection function will not be activated Do notleave the instrument connected to devices in an environment that may be subject to voltage surges Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Probes When measuring high voltages using the 701250 HS10M12 or 701251 HS1M16 use an isolated probe the 700929 or 701947 1 1 safety cable a combination of the 701901 and 701954 or differential probe 700924 sure to connect the GND lead of the differential probe 700924 700925 701926 to the functional ground terminal of the DL850E DL850EV High voltage may appear at the BNC connector of the differential probe Also be sure to connect the GND lead to the DL850E DL850EV b
60. analog input channels or 16 realtime math output channels digital filter basic arithmetic basic arithmetic with coefficients differentiation and integration angle of rotation logic signal analog waveform conversion quartic polynomial rms value power integrated power common logarithm square root cosine sine arc tangent electrical angle knocking filter coefficient multiplied by addition or subtraction of sources frequency period edge count resolver IIR filter and demodulation of the pulse width modulated signal For detailed specifications of Real Time Math channel s math features see section 6 5 Features Real Time Math features are as follows Even when the display is in roll mode you can view the math results There are no restrictions on the record length You can specify a record length that is the same as a normal input channel Math results can be used to trigger the DL850E DL850EV Because both acquisition and computations can be performed at the same time you can make the waveform update period shorter than it is with normal math operations 1 These features are supported by firmware versions 1 30 and later of the DL850E DL850EV The following real time math operations are supported by firmware version 2 00 and later resolver IIR filter and demodulation of the pulse width modulated signal 6 2 Triggering Section suoneoyioods Bu Item Specifications Trigger mode Auto Auto Leve
61. can be viewed When waveform acquisition is being triggered in succession and an abnormal waveform appears it is impossible to stop acquisition before a new waveform appears on the screen Normally it would be impossible to view the abnormal waveform However with the history feature you can view the past waveform data history waveforms stored in the acquisition memory when waveform acquisition is stopped You can select specific history waveforms and display them You can also search through the history waveforms for waveforms that meet specified conditions Zone Search The DL850E DL850EV searches for history waveforms that passed or did not pass through a specified search zone Waveform Parameter Search The DL850E DL850EV searches for waveforms whose measured waveform parameter values meet or do not meet specified conditions Zone Search History Waveforms Waveforms that pass up to 5000 waveforms through the specified zone zone are detected Selected Record 0 Selected Record 25 Waveform parameter search History Waveforms up to 5000 waveforms Waveforms that do not meet the specified search parameter conditions are detected Selected Record 0 Selected Record 28 You can use dual capturing to simultaneously record a trend at a low sampling speed in roll mode and at a high sampling rate This is useful for capturing fast phenomenon while observing a trend over a long period
62. change the input coupling setting to match the signal that you are measuring By changing the setting you can choose how the vertical axis voltage axis control circuit is coupled to the input signal The following types of input coupling are available DC AC GND TC DC RMS AC RMS ACCEL and OFF Set the appropriate input coupling for each input module You can only select OFF for sub channels on the 16 CH voltage input module or the 16 CH temperature voltage input module Sub channels set to OFF are not measured Vertical Zoom You can zoom the waveform vertically You can zoom the waveform by setting the vertical magnification or by setting upper and lower display limits Linear Scaling Linear scaling is a function that converts measured values into physical values and reads them directly There two types of linear scaling AX B Using scaling coefficient A and offset B the DL850E DL850EV scales values according to the equation below AX B where X is the measured value and Y is the physical value P1 P2 The DL850E DL850EV determines the scale conversion equation y ax b using four values that you specify two measured values P1 X P2 X and the value that each one should be converted to P1 Y P2 Y The DL850E DL850EV scales values using the scale conversion equation that it determines Physical values scaled values b P2 Y i i i i Measured values 7 1
63. d OFF N of the captured ane Capture waveform windows Next 1 2 2 500V 118 621 61 500 0 2 500 500 0us Stopped 2010 05 14 15 52 25 942895 CHI F T 15 52 25 781461 Normal 1 000V ABCDEFG 2010 05 14 15 54 28 Date and time of the Time axis scale value of the trigger point of the captured waveform tured f Captured waveform display area Number of captured waveform acquisitions Stop date and time of the main waveform 1 12 IM DL850E 03EN 1 4 System Configuration USB printer USB keyboard USB mouse External clock input External trigger input Clock sync signal input option GO NO GO determination I O Video signal output Trigger output Saving loading of data USB PERIPHERAL interface External USB device ul HDD External HDD interface optional FTP server FTP client Web server FTP server LL USB PERIPHERAL interface Internal HDD optional Built in printer optional DL850E DL850EV Waveform data Setup data Image data Dn USB memory SD memory card Ethernet interface Signal input Module Probe Measurement lead 1 High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation Module High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module Universal Vol
64. damage the input section e Maximum input voltage between Input and Input 10 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage between each terminal and earth ground 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Connecting the Strain Gauge The bridge head 701955 701956 701957 701958 supports six types of connection methods single gauge method single gauge three wire method adjacent side two gauge method opposite side two gauge method opposite side two gauge three wire method and four gauge method For details see the manual that came with the bridge head 701955 701956 701957 701958 If you are using a strain gauge bridge or a strain gauge transducer other than the bridge head 7019 55 701956 701957 701958 see the respective manuals Connecting the Strain Module and the Bridge Head When Using the Strain Module 701270 and the Bridge Head 701955 701956 Using the cable that came with the bridge head 701955 701956 connect the Strain Module 701270 and the bridge head as gt BA A eK Bridgehead i 701955 701956 When Using the Strain Module 701271 and the Bridge Head 701957 701958 Using the cable that came with the bridge head 701957 701958 connect the Strain Module 701271 and the bridge head Strain Module 701270 STRAIN NDIS Strain Module 701271 STRAIN DSUB Bridgehead 701957 701958 IM DL850E 03EN 3 25 sjueuiaJnseo y 104
65. for specified conditions Zone search The DL850E DL850EV displays waveforms that pass through or do not pass through a specified area on the screen Parameter search The DL850E DL850EV displays a waveform when the results of the automated measurement of its parameters meet the specified conditions Cursor measurement Horizontal Vertical H amp V Degree only during T Y waveform display and Marker Automated measurement Automated measurement of waveform parameters of waveform parameters Up to 32 items can be displayed P P Amp Max Min High Low Avg Mid Rms SDev OverShoot OverShoot Rise Fall Freq Period Width Width Duty Pulse Burst1 Burst2 AvgFreq AvgPeriod Int1TY Int2TY Int1XY Int2XY Delay between channels Statistical processing Applicable items Automated measurement values of waveform parameters Statistical items Max Min Avg Sdv and Cnt Maximum number of cycles 64000 cycles when the number of parameters is 1 Maximum total number of 64000 parameters Maximum measurement range 100 Mpoint Normal statistical Statistical processing is performed while waveforms are acquired processing Cyclic statistical The DL850E DL850EV automatically measures the waveform parameters of the data in the processing acquisition memory and performs statistical processing on the parameters once per period Statistical processing of The DL850E DL850EV automatically measures the waveform parameters of each history waveform the histo
66. instructions for proper handling or use The same symbol appears in the corresponding place in the manual to identify those instructions A Risk of electric shock Protective ground terminal 4 Ground or the functional ground terminal do not use as the protective earth ground terminal 0 Alternating current ON power OFF power IM DL850E 03EN xiii Safety Precautions Failure to comply with the precautions below could lead to injury or death or damage to the instrument Use the Instrument Only for Its Intended Purpose This instrument is a waveform measuring device that monitors and measures electrical signals Do not use this instrument for anything other than as a waveform measuring device Check the Physical Appearance Do not use the instrument if there is a problem with its physical appearance Use the Correct Power Supply Before connecting the power cord ensure that the power supply voltage matches the rated supply voltage of the DL850E DL850EV and that it is within the maximum rated voltage of the provided power cord Use the Correct Power Cord and Plug To prevent the possibility of electric shock or fire be sure to use the power cord supplied by YOKOGAWA The main power plug must be plugged into an outlet with a protective earth terminal Do not invalidate this protection by using an extension cord without protective earth grounding Additionally do not use the power cord supplied with this i
67. instrument is installed properly see section 3 2 Installing the Instrument The power cord is connected properly see page 3 9 Turning the Power Switch On and Off Flip the power switch on the left side panel to ON to turn the instrument on and to OFF o to turn the instrument off Note If AC power is supplied and the main power switch to the AC power is ON AC power is used Status Display of the DC Power Supply The power supply status is indicated on the LED on the left side panel AC LED LED Status Description Illuminated in green Operating on AC power DC LED LED Status Description Illuminated in green Operating on DC power AC power is not connected Operating on AC power and the DC supply voltage is within the operating range 10 to 18 VDC Illuminated in red Operating on DC power and the DC supply voltage is outside the operating range Illuminated in orange DC power is turning ON OFF repeatedly internal protection circuit is tripping Power is not supplied in this condition This status is automatically cleared after 10 to 20 seconds Illuminated in red Internal circuit operation failure Repair is necessary Off Operating on AC power and the DC supply voltage is within the operating range 10 to 18 VDC or the DC power is not supplied 3 12 IM DL850E 03EN 3 4 Connecting to a Power Supply and Turning the Power Switch On and Off Operations Performed When the Power Is Turned On When the power s
68. nN eed Note Ye zy 0 ex 2N L2 Y WAS ww YS SS Q XO ND EON Grek CIO NX GES S89 VN TNT CON K R LAN LED Green Red Off 701280 FREQ Pulses are being received The input voltage range has been exceeded Pulses are not being received The LEDs on the frequency module illuminates in green when pulse is applied and red when the input voltage level is over range It is independent of the start stop condition of waveform acquisition of the DL850E DL850EV When the preset of the frequency module is set to EM Pickup electromagnetic pickup the LED will not illuminate in red when the range is exceeded For information about presets see section 1 7 Configuring Frequency Revolution Period Duty Cycle Power Supply Frequency Pulse Width Pulse Integration and Velocity Measurements in the user s manual 3 8 IM DL850E 03EN 3 4 Connecting to a Power Supply and Turning the Power Switch On and Off Before Connecting the Power Make sure that you observe the following points before connecting the power Failure to do so may cause electric shock or damage to the instrument WARNING Before connecting the power cord ensure that the source voltage matches the rated supply voltage of the instrument and that it is within the maximum rated voltage of the provided power cord Connect the power cord after checking that the po
69. off N Section 3 4 9 AC power connector A a Power connection Section 3 4 j DC power connector A A Power connection Section 3 4 IM DL850E 03EN 1 5 syed Jo suonoun pue 1 6 1 1 Top Panel Front Panel Right Side Panel and Left Side Panel GPS Interface Model Only the parts that are different from the standard model are shown below GPS input terminal option Use this terminal to apply external sync signals Explanation about how to use Section 3 19 C30 IM DL850E 03EN 1 2 Panel Keys and Knobs Panel Keys and Knobs Vertical Axis CH1 to CH16 Keys These keys display menus for turning the display of each channel on and off and configuring settings such as display label settings input coupling settings the probe attenuation or the current to voltage conversion ratio the bandwidth limit the vertical position vertical zoom settings the offset value and linear scaling Also you can press a key to select the channel that the SCALE knob will control Channel keys illuminate when their corresponding channel is on After you press NUM LOCK see below you can press a channel key to enter the number displayed to the upper right of the key in white ALL CH Key Press this key to display a windo
70. post terminal of the 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF or 701265 TEMP HPV loosen the terminal knob pass the lead through the terminal and tighten the knob Positive lead 7 Negative lead Extension wires or bare thermocouple wires To the thermocouple WARNING Over Range Indication If over range is indicated the DL850E DL850EV may be receiving a voltage higher than the observed waveform or measured waveform values To prevent electric shock change the vertical scale with the SCALE knob so that the entire amplitude of the waveform is displayed within the waveform display area and check the input voltage level lt Over range indication Indicates the number of the channel that over range is occurring on lt Channel indication when over range is occurring on multiple channels Indicates the smallest number among the channels that over range is occurring on A CAUTION The 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF or 701265 TEMP HPY is isolated from the DL850E DL850EV However applying a voltage exceeding the value below may damage the input section If the frequency is above 1 kHz damage may occur even when the voltage is below this value Maximum input voltage across the input terminals H and L at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage across the input terminal L and earth at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak CAT
71. power supply connected via the isolated probe 700929 AC200V Power generating electromagnetic pickup EM Pickup Open collector 0 to 5 V output sensor contact output Pull up 5V For the internal equivalent circuit when the preset setting is Pull up 5V see the Frequency Measurement section in chapter 2 Vertical Axis in the feature s guide IM DL850E 01EN Precautions to Be Taken When Connecting to Sensors or Signal Output Sources A Over Range Indication If over range is indicated the DL850E DL850EV may be receiving a voltage higher than the observed waveform or measured waveform values To prevent electric shock change the vertical scale with the SCALE knob so that the entire amplitude of the waveform is displayed within the waveform display area and check the input voltage level lt Over range indication Indicates the number of the channel that over range is occurring on lt Channel indication when over range is occurring on multiple channels Indicates the smallest number among the channels that over range is occurring on VAN CAUTION The maximum input voltage for direct input is indicated below Applying a voltage exceeding this value can damage the input section When applying a high voltage of 42 V or more be sure to use an isolated probe the 700929 or 701947 Maximum input voltage 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II The minimum input voltage is 0 2 Vpp At voltage amplitude less than 0 2 Vpp the
72. replace batteries by yourself When you need to replace batteries contact your local Yokogawa Europe B V office xvi IM DL850E 03EN Symbols and Notation Used in This Manual Unit k Denotes 1000 K Denotes 1024 Example 100 kS s sample rate Example 720 KB file size Displayed Characters Bold characters in procedural explanations are used to indicate panel keys and soft keys that are used in the procedure and menu items that appear on the screen Notes and Cautions The notes and cautions in this manual are categorized using the following symbols WARNING CAUTION Note Improper handling or use can lead to injury to the user or damage to the instrument This symbol appears on the instrument to indicate that the user must refer to the user s manual for special instructions The same symbol appears in the corresponding place in the user s manual to identify those instructions In the manual the symbol is used in conjunction with the word WARNING or CAUTION Calls attention to actions or conditions that could cause serious or fatal injury to the user and precautions that can be taken to prevent such occurrences Calls attentions to actions or conditions that could cause light injury to the user or damage to the instrument or user s data and precautions that can be taken to prevent such occurrences Calls attention to information that is important for proper operation of the instrument IM DL
73. screws The module screws must be fastened for the module to function as a nonisolation module In addition all electrical and mechanical protection functions are activated only when the screws are fastened The maximum input voltage of the module is valid only when all the screws are fastened and the protection path of the metal BNC is secured E _ 6 _ 6 26 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS 701267 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating Temperature 23 5 C conditions Humidity 20 to 80 RH Effective measurement range After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration 20 div 10 div around 0 V display range 10 div when Variable is OFF Number of input channels 2 Input coupling AC DC GND AC RMS and DC RMS Maximum sample rate 100 kS s Input format Isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics 3 dB point when a sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied DC to 40 kHz DC 40 Hz to 10 kHz Waveform observation mode RMS observation mode Voltage axis sensitivity setting 20 mV div to 200 V div 1 2 5 steps when using 1 1 probe attenuation Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Combined with the 7589334701954 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 5 850 V DC ACpeak 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allow
74. standards 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common Working voltage of safety standard mode voltage Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 3 300 Vrms CAT 11 Combined with the 701901 701954 1 1 or direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Insulation resistance 500 VDC 10 or more across each input terminal and earth Minimum measurement resolution 50 ns Measured data resolution 16 bits 2400 LSB div IM DL850E 03EN 6 39 suoneoyi2ods Hu 6 13 Module Specifications Item Specifications E A M A s M easurement accuracy When in frequency RPM RPS or velocity measurement mode Measurement accuracy is specified according to the measurement range and input frequency Definition of measurement accuracy 0 05 of 10 div accuracy dependent on the input frequency Accuracy dependent on the input frequency When input frequency is 2 kHz or less 0 05 of the input frequency 0 001 Hz Input frequency of 2 kHz to 10 kHz 0 196 of the input frequency Input frequency of 10 kHz to 20 kHz 0 396 of the input frequency Input frequency of 20 kHz or higher 0 5 of the input frequency When in power supply frequency mode When the center frequency is 50 60 Hz When the center frequency is 400 Hz Input set to AC100 V or AC200 V with sine wave input When in period measurement mode Measurement accuracy is specifi
75. terminal and earth A D conversion resolution 16 bit 2400 LSB div Temperature coefficient Zero point 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Gain 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Response time only when observing RMS Rising 0 to 9096 of 10 div 100 ms Typical Falling 100 to 10 of 10 div 250 ms Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 10 kHz 1 kHz and 100 Hz Cut off characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical Connection cable Measurement lead 758933 and alligator clip for measuring 850 V or less the combination of measurement lead 758933 and alligator clip dolphin type is recommended 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions IM DL850E 03EN 6 27 suoneoyi2ods Hu 6 13 Module Specifications With the 758933 and 701954 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards Red Red Input terminal Input 758933 701954 terminal Withstand voltage 3700 Vrms for 1 minute Allowable transient surge voltage between earth and input 5200 Vpeak 7 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted A When measuring high voltages using this module use a measurement lead 758933 and alligator clip 701954 The measurement category of this module when used with 758933 measurement leads and 701954 alligator clips is 400V CAT II on the low side and 700V CAT II on the high side Be careful because th
76. terminal block but it is possible to do so Removal Push terminal block release levers 1 and 2 to their release positions and pull out the terminal block Attachment Module 720220 16CH VOLT insertion hole Push terminal block release levers 1 and 2 to their lock positions and insert the terminal block Push the terminal block firmly all the way to the back However the terminal block will not go all the way to the back if it is upside down Do not try to force the terminal block all the way to the back Sd Release v i aise S91 Release lever 2 IM DL850E 03EN 3 35 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 14 Connecting Wires to the 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module If you are using a 720221 16CH TEMP VOLT to measure temperature and voltage connect thermocouples or wires to the 16 channel scanner box A When connecting a device under measurement to the instrument be sure to turn off the device It is extremely dangerous to connect or disconnect thermocouples or wires while the device under measurement is on Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Modules To avoid electric shock be sure to ground the instrument To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical protection function and the mechanical protection function will not be activated Precautions to Be Taken When
77. them could result in short circuiting and damage to the 16 CH voltage input module Terminal block Sub channel 1 Ale 2 The L input terminals electrically connected inside the instrument same potential Input terminal 1 le Ground il Wire insertion hole Screwdriver insertion hole When you release or lock the terminal block release levers be careful not to injure yourself on the levers protrusions Over Range Indication If over range is indicated the DL850E DL850EV may be receiving a voltage higher than the observed waveform or measured waveform values To prevent electric shock change the vertical scale with the SCALE knob so that the entire amplitude of the waveform is displayed within the waveform display area and check the input voltage level Over range indication Indicates the number of the channel that over range is occurring on Channel indication when over range is occurring on multiple channels Indicates the smallest number among the channels that over range is occurring on A CAUTION When you attach the terminal block if you try to attach it upside down you may damage the terminal block and the module Check the vertical orientation of the block before you install it 3 34 IM DL850E 03EN 3 13 Connecting Wires to the 16 CH Voltage Input Module What to Prepare Wiring Remove approximately 7 mm of the insulation from the ends of the wi
78. use the instrument outside the scope of the measurement category that corresponds to the module specifications The scope of each measurement category is as follows Measurement category Other O applies to measurement of circuits that are not directly connected to a main power supply This category applies to measurement of secondary electric circuits in equipment across a transformer If the module specifications fall under measurement category O the estimated transient voltage that may appear at the signal input terminals is 1500 V Measurement category II applies to measurement of circuits such as household electric appliances and portable electric tools that are connected to low voltage installations Measurement category IIl applies to measurement of facility circuits such as distribution boards and circuit breakers Measurement category IV applies to measurement of power source circuits such as entrance cables to buildings and cable Systems for low voltage installations Pollution Degree applies to the degree of adhesion of a solid liquid or gas which deteriorates withstand voltage or surface resistivity Pollution degree 2 applies to normal indoor atmospheres with only non conductive pollution TDK ZCAT2035 0930A YOKOGAWA part number A1190MN TDK ZCAT3035 1330 YOKOGAWA part number A1179MN TDK ZCAT1325 0530A YOKOGAWA part number A1181MN 6 20 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit
79. wxi 2 amp AX 1 4X Click the item that you want to select 1 M Y2 GAY Note To close a dialog box click outside of it Selecting a File Folder or Media Drive from the File List Window Click on a file folder or media drive to select it Rotate the mouse wheel to scroll through the file list To cancel your selection click outside of the File List window The File List window will close when you cancel your selection File List Path USB 0 Space 126 375 936 Num Of Files 15 Sort To FileName Size Date Network Aa 8 ano Filter JPN 2010 04 15 10 40 04 r w m o000 PNG 103K 2010 04 15 15 04 38 r w Change Drive D 0001 PNG 65 6K 2010 04 16 10 02 56 r w Delete _ Click on the file folder or 0003 PNG 67 9K 2010 04 16 10 03 08 r w ia dri Rename D 0004 PNG 84 4K 2010 04 16 15 39 26 r w media drive that you want m oo05 PNG 413K 2010 04 16 15 51 40 r w to select Dir D 0006 PNG 449K 2010 04 16 15 51 52 r w pem D 0007 PNG 114K 2010 04 16 15 53 00 r w D 0008 PNG 413K 2010 04 16 15 53 26 r w Move D 0009 PNG 114K 2010 04 16 15 54 04 r w 0010 PNG 82 4K 2010 04 16 15 54 30 r w D 0011 PNG 82 4K 2010 04 16 15 57 18r w D 0012 PNG 92 8K 2010 04 16 15 57 48 r w Scroll bar Click on the item that you want to select Setting V DIV and TIME DIV Setting V DIV Mo
80. 0 Vrms at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Vertical voltage axis accuracy Waveform measurement mode DC accuracy 0 25 of 10 div DC accuracy Acceleration measurement mode 0 5 of 10 div at 1 kHz Input connector Metal BNC connector Input impedance 1 1 approx 35 pF 3 dB point when AC coupled 0 4 Hz or less 0 04 Hz or less when using the 701940 Typical low frequency attenuation point Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Residual noise level 100 uV or 0 01 div whichever is greater Typical Input section shorted conversion resolution 16 bits 2400L SB div Temperature coefficient When in waveform measurement mode excluding AUTO filter Zero point 0 02 of 10 div C Typical Gain 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Response time only when Select from OFF Auto 4 KHz 400 Hz and 40 Hz observing RMS Cutoff characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical excluding AUTO Cutoff frequency fc when set to AUTO Sample rate of 100 kHz or higher fc 40 kHz Sample rate of 100 Hz to 50 kHz fc 4096 of the sampling rate Sample rate of 50 Hz or less 20 Hz Cutoff characteristics when set to AUTO 65 dB at 2xfc Typical Bandwidth limit Voltage probe 1 1 10 1 100 1 or 1000 1 Current probe 10 A 1 V for the 700937 701933 100 A 1 V for the 701930 701931 Probe attenuation setting Connection cable for low voltage 1 1 366926 non isolated type BNC all
81. 0 to 300K 0 to 50K 4K 50 to 300K 2 5K Frequency characteristics Voltage measurement DC to 100 Hz 3 dB point when a sine wave Temperature measurement DC to 100 Hz of amplitude 3 div is applied Maximum input voltage Both temperature and voltage input 42 V DC ACpeak at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Maximum allowable common Both temperature and voltage input 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Vertical resolution Voltage measurement During voltage input 2400 LSB div Temperature measurement When measuring temperature 0 1 C 3 dB point when AC coupled Voltage measurement 0 5 Hz or less low frequency attenuation point Input connector Binding post Input impedance Approx 1 MO Common mode rejection ratio Voltage measurement 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Temperature measurement 120 dB or more 50 60 Hz with 2 Hz filter ON signal source resistance of 500 or less Typical Residual noise level Voltage measurement 4 uV or 0 01 div whichever is greater Typical Input section shorted conversion resolution Voltage measurement 16 bits 2400 LSB div Temperature coefficient Voltage measurement Zero point 0 01 of 10 div C 0 05uV C Typical Gain 0 02 of 10 div C Typical Reference junction compensation K E J T L U N 1 accuracy when the input terminal S B W x1 5
82. 0 us 20 us 50 us 100 us 200 us 500 us 1 ms 2ms 5ms 10 ms 20 ms 50 ms 100 ms 200 ms 500 ms 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s 6s 8s 10s 20s 30s 1 min 2 min 3 min 4 min 5 min 6 min 7 min 8 min 9 min 10 min 12 min 15 min 30 min 1h 2h 3h 4h 5h 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 50M 20M 10M 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 100 k 200k 500 k 1M 2M 2 5M 2M 2M 2 5M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 50M 20M 10M 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 100 k 200k 500 k 1M 2M 5M 10M 10M 10M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 50M 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 100 k 200k 500 k 1M 2M 5M 10M 20M 25M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 M 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 100 k 200k 500k 1M 2M 5M 10M 20M 50M When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode Continued on next page IM DL850E 03EN App 3 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate Continu
83. 00 10M 500 10M 500 10 us 10M 1k 10M 1k 10M 1k 10M 1k 10M 1k 20 us 10M 2k 10M 2k 10M 2k 10M 2k 10M 2k 50 us 10M 5k 10M 5k 10M 5k 10M 5k 10M 5k 100 us 10M 10k 10M 10k 10M 10k 10M 10k 10M 10k 200 us 10M 20k 10M 20k 10M 20k 10M 20k 10M 20k 500 us 10M 50k 10M 50k 10M 50k 10M 50k 10M 50k ims 10M 100 k 10M 100 k 10M 100 k 10M 100 k 10M 100 k 2ms 10M 200 k 10M 200k 10M 200k 10M 200 k 10M 200k 5ms 10M 500 k 10M 500k 10M 500 k 10M 500 k 10M 500 k 10 ms 10M 1M 10M 1M 10M 1M 10M 1M 10M 1M 20 ms 10M 2M 2M 10M 2M 10M 2M 10M 2M 50 ms 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 100 ms 200 ms 500 ms 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s 6s 8s 10s 20s 30s 1 min 2 min 3 min 4 min 5 min 6 min 7 min 8 min 9 min 10 min 12 min 15 min 30 min 1h 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h 7h 8h 9h 10h 12h 1 day 2 days 3 days When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode Continued on next page App 10 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate Continued from previous page Record Length 2 5 Mpoint 5 Mpoint 10 Mpoint 25 Mpoint 50 Mpoint Time div Sample Display 0 Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s Leng
84. 000 10k 743 371 2977 1488 5000 2977 25k 296 147 1190 594 2382 1190 50k 147 73 594 296 1190 594 100k 72 35 291 145 584 291 250k 28 13 118 58 237 118 500k 13 6 58 28 117 58 5k 8 2977 743 5000 2977 5000 5000 10k 1488 371 5000 1488 5000 2977 25k 594 147 2382 594 4765 1190 50k 296 73 1190 296 2382 594 100k 145 35 584 145 1169 291 250k 58 13 237 58 475 118 500k 28 6 117 28 236 58 5k 4 5000 743 5000 2977 5000 5000 10k 2977 371 5000 1488 5000 2977 25k 1190 147 4765 594 5000 1190 50k 594 73 2382 296 4765 594 100k 291 35 1169 145 2339 291 250k 118 13 475 58 952 118 500k 58 6 236 28 473 58 5k 2 5000 743 5000 2977 5000 5000 10k 5000 371 5000 1488 5000 2977 25k 2382 147 5000 594 5000 1190 50k 1190 73 4765 296 5000 594 100k 584 35 2339 145 4680 291 250k 237 13 952 58 1905 118 500k 117 6 473 28 948 58 5k 1 5000 743 5000 2977 5000 5000 10k 5000 371 5000 1488 5000 2977 25k 4765 147 5000 594 5000 1190 50k 2382 73 5000 296 5000 594 100k 1169 35 4680 145 5000 291 250k 475 13 1905 58 3812 118 500k 236 6 948 28 1898 58 IM DL850E 03EN App 21 xipueddy E Appendix 3 Default Values Operation Key Soft Key Setting CH1 to 16 UNIVERSAL 701261 UNIVERSAL AAF 701262 Offset 0 000 V Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 TEMP HPV 701265 Vidiv 5 000 V div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number Coupling DC BandWidth Full V Scale DIV V Zoom x1 Offset 0 000 V Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 STRAIN NDIS
85. 00924 Be sure to connect the GND lead of the differential probe the 700924 to the functional ground terminal of the DL850E DL850EV before you connect to the device under measurement High voltage may appear at the BNC connector of the differential probe The protection functions and non isolation functions of the 701255 NONISO 10M12 enabled when the module screws are tightened It is extremely dangerous if you do not fasten the screws Also when you measure high voltages above 42 V be sure to use the passive probe for the DL850E DL850EV the 701940 The BNC portion of the 10 MHz passive probe 701940 is metal so if you use it with isolated input the 720210 HS100M12 701250 HS10M12 701251 HS1M16 701275 ACCL VOLT or 701280 FREQ for safety be sure to only use it with voltages at or below 42 V Do not connect voltage above 42 V to both the High and Low sides When measuring high voltages using the 701267 HV with RMS use a measurement lead 758933 and alligator clip 701954 The measurement category of 701267 HV with RMS when used with 758933 measurement leads and 701954 alligator clips is 400V CAT II on the low side and 700V CAT II on the high side Be careful because the overvoltage tolerance between the low and high sides is different When measuring high voltages using the 701280 FREQ use an isolated probe the 700929 or 701947 The protection functions and non isolation functions of the 720230 LOGIC ar
86. 0929 701947 Combined with the 701901701954 701901 701954 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards BNC 6 Withstand voltage 1500 Vrms for 1 minute Allowable transient surge voltage 2100 Vpeak between earth and input 8 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted A WARNING Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to connect the GND lead of the differential probe 700924 700925 to the DL850E DL850EV T 6 24 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module 701255 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Effective measurement range 20 div 10 div around 0 V display range 10 div when Variable is OFF
87. 0EV DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 03EN This manual This guide explains the handling Getting Started Guide precautions and basic operations of the DL850E DL850EV DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 17EN The supplied CD contains the PDF file of this Communication Interface manual The manual explains the DL850E DL850EV User s Manual communication interface features and instructions on how to use them DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 51EN The supplied CD contains the PDF file of this manual Real Time Math Power Math This manual explains the features of the DL850E User s Manual DL850EV Real Time Math Power Math option and how to use them DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 61EN The supplied CD contains the PDF file of this manual Acquisition Software This manual explains all the features of the acquisition User s Manual software which performs continuous measurement on the DL850E DL850EV Notes The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the instrument s performance and functions The figures given in this manual may differ from those that actually appear on your screen Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents However should you have any questions or find any errors please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Copying or reproducing all or any part of the contents of this manual without t
88. 0k 100M 50k 100 M 50k 100M 50k 100 us 50M 50k 100 k 100 M 100 k 100 M 100 k 100 M 100 k 200 us 20M 40 k 100 k 100 M 200 k 100 M 200 k 100 M 200 k 500 us 10M 50 k 100 k 50 M 250 k 100 M 500 k 100 M 500 k ims 5M 50 k 100 k 20M 200 k 50 M 500 k 100 M 1M 2ms 2M 40k 100 k 10M 200k 20M 400 k 50M 1M 5 ms 1M 50k 100 k 5M 250k 10M 500 20M 1M 10 ms 500 k 50 k 100 k 2M 200 k 5M 500 k 10M 1M 20 ms 200 k 40 k 100 k 1M 200 k 2M 400 k 5M 1M 50 ms 500 k 1M 2M 100 ms 200 ms 500 ms 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s 6s 8s 10s 20s 30s 1 min 2 min 3 min 4 min 5 min 6 min 7 min 8 min 9 min 10 min 12 min 15 min 30 min 1h 2h 3h 4h 5h When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode App 2 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the Record Length Is 2 5 Mpoint 5 Mpoint 10 Mpoint 25 Mpoint or 50 Mpoint Time div Record Length 2 5 Mpoint 5 Mpoint 10 Mpoint 25 Mpoint 50 Mpoint Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points Sample Rate 5 5 Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points 100 ns 200 ns 500 ns 1us 2 us 5 us 1
89. 1 of rating After the DL850E DL850EV has been warmed up for 30 minutes and then calibration has been performed Recommended calibration period 1 year Warm up time At least 30 minutes Storage environment Temperature 20 to 60 Humidity 20 to 8596 RH no condensation Altitude 3000 m or less Operating environment Temperature 5 to 40 C Humidity 20 to 85 RH when the printer is not being used 35 to 85 RH when the printer is used In both cases no condensation Altitude 2000 m or less Standard model Rated supply voltage 100 to 120 VAC 220 to 240 VAC auto switching Permitted supply voltage range 90 to 132 VAC 198 to 264 VAC Rated supply frequency 50 60 Hz Permitted supply voltage frequency range 48 to 63 Hz Power fuse Built in not replaceable Maximum power 200 VA consumption Withstand voltage 1500 VAC for one minute between the power supply and case Insulation resistance 10 MQ or more for 500 VDC between the power supply and case External dimensions Approx 355 mm W x 259 mm H x 180 mm D not including the handle and protrusions Weight Approx 6 5 kg weight of the DL850E DL850EV only without paper and with the M2 HD1 C1 and P4 options installed Instrument cooling method Forced air cooling Exhaust on the left side and top panel DL850EV DC power supply model DC option the AC power supply specifications
90. 100 1 2 1000 V DC ACpeak Combined with the 7019014701954 1 1 850 V DC ACpeak Direct input or cable not complying with the safety standard 850 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Working voltage of safety standard Combined with the 700929 or 701947 across probe tip H and earth 1000 Vrms CAT II across probe tip L and earth 400 Vrms CAT II Combined with the 701901701954 1 1 across tip and earth 700 Vrms CAT 1 across tip L and earth 400 Vrms CAT II Direct input cable not complying with the safety standard 30 Vrms 42 VDC ACpeak across the input terminal H or L and earth Vertical voltage axis accuracy DC accuracy Waveform observation mode DC accuracy 0 25 of 10 div RMS observation mode DC accuracy 1 0 of 10 div AC accuracy when a sine wave is input 1 5 of 10 div At frequency of 40 Hz to 1 kH AC accuracy when the crest factor is 2 or less 2 0 of 10 div At frequency of 40 Hz to 1 AC accuracy when the crest factor is 3 or less 3 0 of 10 div At frequency of 40 Hz to 1 kH Input connector Input impedance BNC connector isolated type 1 x 1 approx 35 pF 3 dB point when AC coupled low frequency attenuation point 1 Hz or less 0 1 Hz or less when using the 700929 0 01 Hz or less when using the 701947 Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Resid
91. 10M 500 10M 500 10 us 10M 1k 10M 1k 10M 1k 10M 1k 20 us 5M 1k 10M 2k 10M 2k 10M 2k 50 us 2M 1k 10M 5k 10M 5k 10M 5k 100 us 1M 1k 5M 5k 10M 10k 10M 10k 200 us 500 k 1k 2M 4k 5M 10k 10M 20 k 500 us 200 k 1k 1M 5k 2M 10k 5M 25 k ims 100 k 1k 500 k 5k 1M 10k 2M 20 k 2ms 50 k 1k 200 k 4k 500 k 10k 1M 20 k 5 ms 20 k 1k 100 k 5k 200 k 10k 500 k 25 k 10 ms 10k 1k 50 k 5k 100 k 10k 200 k 20 k 20 ms 5k 1k 20k 4k 50 k 10k 100 k 20 k 10k 5k 20 k 50 k When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode App 8 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the Record Length Is 50 kpoint 100 kpoint 250 kpoint 500 kpoint or 1 Mpoint Time div Record Length 50 kpoint 100 kpoint 250 kpoint 500 kpoint 1 Mpoint Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points Sample Rate 5 5 Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points Sample Rate 5 5 Display Record Length Points 1 us 2 us 5 us 10 us 20 us 50 us 100 us 200 us 500 us 1 ms 2ms 5ms 10 ms 20 ms 50 ms 100 ms 200 ms 500 ms 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s 6s 8s 10s 20s 30s 1 min 2 min 3 min 4 min 5 min 6 min 7 min 8 min 9 min 10 min 12 min 15 min
92. 20k 2ms 1k 100 k 2k 200k 4k 500 k 1M 20k 5ms 1k 50k 2 5k 100 k 5k 200 k 500 k 25k 10 ms 1k 20k 2k 50k 5k 100 200 k 20k 20 ms 1k 10k 2k 20k 4k 50k 100 k 20k 50 ms 5k 10k 20k 100 ms 200 ms 500 ms 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s 6s 8s 10s 20s 30s 1 min 2 min 3 min 4 min 5 min 6 min 7 min When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode IM DL850E 03EN App 1 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the Record Length Is 50 kpoint 100 kpoint 250 kpoint 500 kpoint or 1 Mpoint Record Length 50 kpoint 100 kpoint 250 kpoint 500 kpoint 1 Mpoint Time div Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points Points 100 ns 100 M 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 200 ns 100 M 200 100 M 200 100 M 200 100 M 200 100 M 200 500 ns 100 M 500 100 M 500 100 M 500 100 M 500 100 M 500 1 us 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 2 us 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 5 us 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 10 us 100 M 10k 100 M 10k 100 M 10k 100 M 10k 100 M 10k 20 us 100 M 20k 100 M 20k 100M 20k 100 M 20k 100 M 20k 50 us 100M 50k 5
93. 3 5 Connecting Probes Forthe 701275 ACCL VOLT Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Combined with the 701940 10 1 passive probe or direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Combined with the 701940 10 1 passive probe or direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Forthe 701280 FREQ Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe 420 V DC ACpeak Safety cable 1 1 combined with 701901 701954 or direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe 300 Vrms CAT II Safety cable 1 1 combined with 701901 701954 or direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms With the 700929 or 701947 With the 701901 and 701954 700929 701947 1 3 UY 701901 701954 Direct input cable that does not comply With the 10 1 passive probe 701940 with the safety standards BNC 9 12 Over Range Indication If over range is indicated the DL8
94. 3 div is applied Selectable voltage sensitivity range 0 2 Vidiv to 2 V div in 1 2 5 steps Max measurement voltage range 20 V Maximum input voltage Direct input 42 V DC ACpeak at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Maximum allowable common mode voltage The Working Voltage in the safety standards at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Direct input 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms DC vertical axis voltage axis accuracy 0 3 of 10 div Input connector Spring terminal blocks Each 8 channel unit is removable Input impedance 1 Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more typical value Residual noise level input section shorted 0 05 div converter resolution 16 bits 2400 LSB div Temperature coefficient Zero point 0 02 of 10 div C typical value Gain 0 02 of 10 div C typical value Bandwidth limit Can be turned off or set to 500 Hz on each sub channel Wiring Recommended 0 20 mm to 1 00 mm AWG size 24 18 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions 4 Typical value represents a typical or average value It is not strictly warranted A When connecting a device under measurement to the instrument be sure to turn off the device It is extremely dangerous to connect or remove wires while the device under measurement is on Avoid Electric Shock When Using the Modules Do not apply a voltage that exceeds the maximum input voltag
95. 30 min 1h 2h 3h 4h 5h 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 5M 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 50k 40k 50k 50k 40k 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 5M 2M 1M 500 k 200 k 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 100 k 200k 250k 200k 200k 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 5M 2M 1M 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 100 k 200k 500 k 500 k 400 k 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M 5M 2M 100 200 500 1k 2k 5k 10k 20k 50k 100 k 200k 500 k 1M 1M When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode IM DL850E 03EN App 9 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the Record Length Is 2 5 Mpoint 5 Mpoint 10 Mpoint 25 Mpoint or 50 Mpoint Record Length 2 5 Mpoint 5 Mpoint 10 Mpoint 25 Mpoint 50 Mpoint Time div Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points Points 1 us 10M 100 10M 100 10M 100 10M 100 10M 100 2 us 10 M 200 10 M 200 10 M 200 10 M 200 10 M 200 5 us 10M 500 10M 500 10M 5
96. 45 pF For measuring 1000 Vpeak or less 701947 100 1 probe 15 to 45 pF For measuring 1000 Vpeak or less Current probe power can be supplied from the DL850E DL850EV Option 700937 15 A 701930 150 A 701931 500 A 701933 30 A 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions Combined with the 700929 or 701947 Combined with the 7019014701954 700929 701901 2 701954 5 6 701947 3 4 7 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards BNC 8 9 Withstand voltage 3700 Vrms for 1 minute Allowable transient surge voltage 5200 Vpeak between earth and input 10 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted A When applying high voltage using this module use the 1 1 safety cable combination of 701901 and 701954 or the isolated probe 700929 or 701947 Note that the overvoltage tolerance of the low and high sides of this module may differ depending on the combination of the connected probe measurement lead and clip Donotapply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous co
97. 500 k 200 k 2M 500 k 500 k 500 k 200 k 100 k 1M 500 k 500 k 200 k 100 k 50 k 500 k 100k 50k 20k 200 k 100 k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 If you set the sample rate the main channel sample rate of the DL850E DL850EV to a rate that is higher than a module s maximum sample rate because the data is only updated at the module s maximum sample rate all the data within the module s data update interval will be the same The thick lines surround the actual sampling ranges In these ranges because data is sampled at the module s maximum sample rate data is updated at every sampling operation IM DL850E 03EN App 15 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate Relationship between the Main Channel Sample Rate and the Sub Channel Sample Rates of the 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module Main Channel Number of Sub Channels 1 to 16 Sample Rate Maximum Sample Rate 10 k 5 5 100 M 100 k 50M 100 k 20M 100 k 10M 100 k 5M 100 k 2M 100 k 1M 50 k 500 k 20 k 200 k 10k 100 k 5k 50 k 2k 20k 1k 10k 500 5k 200 2k 100 1k 50 500 20 200 10 100 5 50 2 20 1 10 5 E If you set the sample rate the main channel sample rate of the DL850E DL850EV to a rate that is higher than a module s maximum sample rate because the data is only updated at the module s maximum sample rate all the data within the module s data u
98. 50E DL850EV allows built in amplifier type low impedance acceleration sensors to be directly connected To connect built in amplifier type acceleration sensors use BNC cables Use cables that are appropriate for the acceleration sensors being used Connect the acceleration sensors with the bias current turned off After connection turn on the supply current to the acceleration sensors for making measurements When Connecting Charge Output Type Acceleration Sensors Since the charge output type high impedance acceleration sensors do not have built in amplifier circuit they cannot be directly connected to the DL850E DL850EV Use either of the following two methods to connect the sensors Using the Charge Amplifier Connect a charge output type acceleration sensor to the charge amplifier using a high insulation low noise cable The acceleration signal charge signal that has been converted to a voltage signal by the charge amplifier is input to the DL850E DL850EV using a normal coaxial cable The DL850E DL850EV measures the signal in the voltage measurement mode The measured data can be converted to acceleration values using the scale conversion function of the DL850E DL850EV DL850E DL850EV g High insulation low noise cable Normal coaxial cable Al No d Charge output type acceleration sensor Charge amp 701275 ACCL VOLT voltage measurement 3 30 IM DL850E 03EN
99. 50E DL850EV may be receiving a voltage higher than the observed waveform or measured waveform values To prevent electric shock change the vertical scale with the SCALE knob so that the entire amplitude of the waveform is displayed within the waveform display area and check the input voltage level lt Over range indication Indicates the number of the channel that over range is occurring on lt Channel indication when over range is occurring on multiple channels Indicates the smallest number among the channels that over range is occurring on 3 16 IM DL850E 03EN 3 5 Connecting Probes Precautions to Be Taken When Connecting Probes When connecting a probe to the instrument for the first time perform phase correction of the probe as described in section 3 6 Compensating the Probe Phase Correction Failure to do so will cause unstable gain across different frequencies thereby preventing correct measurement Make the phase correction on each channel to which the probe is to be connected You cannot perform phase correction of the probe on the frequency module 701280 FREQ When connecting a probe to the 701280 FREQ first perform phase correction on the probe using another module If the object to be measured is connected to the instrument directly without using a probe a correct measurement cannot be performed due to the input impedance Please be aware of this Please be aware that if you use a volta
100. 6 FREQ 701280 Value div 1 kHz div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number FV Setup Frequency Input Setup User V Scale DIV V Zoom x1 Offset 0 000 Hz Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 HS100M12 720210 V div 50 0 V div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number Coupling DC Probe 10 1 BandWidth Full App 22 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 3 Default Values Operation Key Soft Key Setting Operation Key Soft Key Setting V Scale DIV CH13 to 16 CAN amp LIN 720241 V Zoom x1 The values for CAN are the same as the Offset 0 0V values for the 720240 Invert OFF All SubChannels Setup Linear Scale OFF Input OFF CH1 to 16 16CH VOLT 720220 Label Channel number Vidiv 2 000 V div ID Hex 000 Position 0 00 div Start Bit 0 Label Channel number Bit Count 8 Coupling DC Byte Order Little BandWidth Full Value Type Unsigned V Scale DIV Factor 1 0000 V Zoom x1 Offset 0 0000 Offset 0 mV Port Setup Invert OFF Bit Rate 19200 bps Linear Scale OFF Frame Setup CH1 to 16 16CH VOLT 720221 Data Length 1 V div 2 000 V div Check Sum Classic Position 0 00 div Scale Auto Data Update Period 100 ms START STOP Label Channel number STOP Coupling DC TIME DIV V Scale DIV 1 ms div V Zoom x1 ACQUIRE Offset 0 0 mV Record Length 10k Invert OFF Acquisition Mode Normal Linear Scale OFF Trigger Mode Auto CH1 to 16 LOGIC 720230 Acquisition Count Infinite Position 0 00 div HD Recording OFF Label Channel number Time Base Int
101. 7 mm of the insulation from the ends of the thermocouple or wires Electrical wire 0 14 mm to 1 5 mm recommended solid wire or thin stranded wire AWG size 26 16 lt gt Approx 7 mm Flat blade Screwdriver Tip size 0 6 mm thickness x 3 5 mm width Screw tightening torque 0 5 to 0 6 Nem Connecting Wires to the Terminal Block First turn off the DL850E DL850EV Make sure that the other end of the wire that you are connecting to the terminal block is not connected to the device under measurement or make sure that the device under measurement that you are going to connect to is turned off When you first use the 16 CH scanner box follow the procedure from step 3 1 Remove the protection cover screw using a screwdriver 2 Pull the protection cover up and pull it out from the guide hole Guide hole Protection cover screw 3 Loosen the terminal block screw using a flat blade screwdriver 4 Insert the thermocouple or wire that you prepared into the wire insertion hole Insert the thermocouple or wire until its end reaches the back of the wire insertion hole 5 Tighten the terminal block screw using a flat blade screwdriver Wire insertion hole Terminal block Flat blade Screwdriver Wire A 6 Pull lightly on the wire to make sure that it doesn t come out IM DL850E 03EN 3 37 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 14 Connecting Wire
102. 701270 STRAIN DSUB 701271 Operation Key Soft Key Setting CH1 to 16 HS10M12 701250 Vidiv 50 0 V div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number Coupling DC Probe 10 1 BandWidth Full V Scale DIV V Zoom x1 Offset 0 0 V Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 HS1M16 701251 Vidiv 50 0 V div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number Coupling DC Probe 10 1 BandWidth Full V Scale DIV V Zoom x1 Offset 0 00 V Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 NONISO 10M12 701255 Vidiv 50 0 V div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number Coupling DC Probe 10 1 BandWidth Full V Scale DIV V Zoom x1 Offset 0 0 V Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 HV with RMS 701267 Vidiv 5 000 V div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number Coupling DC Probe 1 1 BandWidth Full V Scale DIV V Zoom x1 Offset 0 000 V Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 UNIVERSAL 701261 UNIVERSAL AAF 701262 Vidiv Position Label Coupling BandWidth V Scale V Zoom 5 000 V div 0 00 div Channel number DC Full DIV x4 Value div 4000 0 uSTR div Range 20000 uSTR Label Channel number Excitation 2V Gauge Factor 2 00 BandWidth Full Upper 20000 STR Lower 20000 uSTR Range Unit uSTR Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 16 ACCL VOLT 701275 V div 50 0 V div Position 0 00 div Label Channel number Coupling DC Probe 10 1 BandWidth Full V Scale DIV V Zoom x1 Offset 0 00 V Invert OFF Linear Scale OFF CH1 to 1
103. 850E 03EN xvii Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Regarding the Conventional 850 0850 iii Checking the Contents ofthe Packaged teen frei a iv i am t xiii Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment nnns xvi New EU suem xvi Symbols and Notation Used in This meme xvii Names and Functions of Parts 1 1 Top Panel Front Panel Right Side Panel and Left Side 1 1 1 2 Panel Keys and Knobs erret e ELE REX de eee Eee Ra a 1 7 1 3 Nl 1 11 1 4 System Configuratio M 222 a e Ne PERSE E dM ease 1 13 Main Features 2 1 Vertical and Horizontal Axes rete RR LA PEDE 2 1 2 2 MUU STUNG E IEEE TIE OL OLLI 2 4 2 3 Waveform iio Tes e leer ain Got 2 7 2 4 Waveform DISplay 2 9 2 5 Waveform Computation and Analysis seen 2 10 Making Preparations for Measurements 3 1 Handling Precautions ioci Edere cde rc iib E ce Eie ERU idee LE is 3 1 3 2 Installing the Instr tmeit sciis aa raais 3 3
104. 9 Putthe connector case on and fasten it with screws Supplied screw Connecting to the Power Supply Connect the power cord as shown in the figure below The power supply must meet the following conditions Item Description Rated supply voltage 12 VDC Permitted supply voltage range 10 to 18 VDC at the DL850EV connector end Maximum power consumption Approx 150 VA Max 135 VA when driving 16 channels with four High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Modules and four High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Modules Connect to protective earth ground a S Positive protective earth ground Note If both AC power and DC power are supplied AC power takes precedence f both AC power and DC power are supplied and AC power is cut off the power instantaneously switches to DC power IM DL850E 03EN 3 11 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 4 Connecting to a Power Supply and Turning the Power Switch On and Off Turning the Power Switch On and Off Before Turning On the Power Check That The instrument is installed properly see section 3 2 Installing the Instrument The power cord is connected properly see page 3 9 Turning the Power Switch On and Off Flip the power switch on the left side panel to ON to turn the instrument on and to OFF o to turn the instrument off A XE Turning ON OFF the DC Power DC Before Turning On the Power Check That The
105. A Made in Japan Top line Model Bottom line Abbreviation The location varies depending on the module In this manual input modules are referred to by their model names and abbreviations For example the High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module is referred to as the 701250 HS10M12 However if a module has already been referred to previously it may be referred to only by its model name for example 701250 Note 22222 _ _ __ To use the DL850E DL850EV with 701250 and 701255 modules shipped between August 2006 and June 2007 you must update the module firmware If error code 916 appears when you turn on the DL850E DL850EV it may be necessary to update the firmware of the aforementioned modules Prepare the module serial numbers and contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer The dealer will update the module firmware for a fee viii IM DL850E 03EN Checking the Contents of the Package Optional Accessories Sold Separately The optional accessories below are available for purchase separately Check that all contents are present and undamaged For information about ordering accessories contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Name Model Safety standard Note Isolated probe 700929 1000 Vrms CAT II 10 1 safety probe for the 701250 701251 and 720210 701947 1000 Vrms CAT II 100 1 safety
106. A 3 3 Installing Input Modules eterne Ph ba ndn naue 3 5 A 3 4 Connecting to a Power Supply and Turning the Power Switch On and Off 3 9 A 3 5 Gonriecting PIOB6S ni bee Ree Edu Feo e ba de Ku 3 14 A 3 6 Correcting the Probe Phase n tu cent acetic DUE 3 20 AN 3 7 Connecting Measurement Leads sse eene entente nnne 3 22 A 3 8 Connecting Thermocouples ciere teen entire then 3 24 A 3 9 Connecting Bridgelieads iniret em tette rii RP eee tatnen 3 25 3 10 Connecting a Logic Probe to the Logic Input 3 28 A 3 11 Connecting an Acceleration Sensor enne 3 30 3 12 Connecting Sensors to the Frequency Module see 3 32 3 13 Connecting Wires to the 16 CH Voltage Input 3 34 A 3 14 Connecting Wires to the 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module 3 36 3 15 Connecting a Cable to the CAN Bus Monitor Module 3 39 AN 3 16 Connecting a Cable to the CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Module 3 40 3 17 Attaching the Panel Sheet eene 3 41
107. ACpeak CAT 11 30 Vrms Vertical resolution 3 dB point when AC coupled low frequency attenuation point Voltage measurement During voltage input 2400 LSB div Temperature measurement When measuring temperature 01 Voltage measurement 0 5 Hz or less Input connector Binding post Input impedance Approx 1 MO Common mode rejection ratio Voltage measurement 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Temperature measurement 120 dB or more 50 60 Hz with 2 Hz filter ON signal source resistance of 500 or less Typical Residual noise level Input section shorted Voltage measurement 100 pV or 0 01 div whichever is greater Typical A D conversion resolution Voltage measurement 16 bits 2400 LSB div IM DL850E 03EN 6 29 suoneoyi2ods Bu 6 13 Module Specifications Item Specifications Temperature coefficient Voltage measurement Zero point 0 0196 of 10 div C Typical Gain 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Reference junction compensation J T L 1 C accuracy when the input terminal R S B W 1 5 C temperature is balanced Au7Fe 1 Bandwidth limit Temperature measurement Digital filter analog filter Select from OFF 30 Hz 8 Hz and 2 Hz 150 Hz secondary analog filter Voltage measurement Select from OFF AUTO 4 kHz 400 Hz or 40 Hz Cutoff characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical setting other
108. Bit Mapping Auto DUAL CAPTURE CH13 to 16 CAN MONITOR 720240 Mode OFF All SubChannels Setup Capture Setup Input OFF Time div 100 us div Label Channel number Capture Length 10k Message Format STD Capture Mode Auto ID Hex 000 Select Number Current Byte Count Auto Mag 100 us div Start Bit 0 Position 0 0 div Bit Count 8 Window ON Byte Order Big Main Ratio 50 Value Type Unsigned Window Layout Side Factor 1 0000 Format Main Offset 0 0000 Event Display OFF Port Setup Bit Rate 500 Kbps Sample Point 85 Sync Jump Width 2 Bit Sample Num 1 Listen Only OFF Terminator OFF Scale Auto One Shot Out Message Format STD ID Hex 000 Frame Data DLC 0 Data Hex 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 IM DL850E 03EN App 23 xipueddy E Appendix 3 Default Values Operation Key Soft Key Setting Operation Key Soft Key Setting FILE CURSOR Save Waveform Type OFF Auto Naming Numbering Horizontal Data Type Binary Trace CH1 Range Main Cursor1 3 00 div Save Setup Cursor2 3 00 div Auto Naming Numbering Vertical Save Others Trace CH1 Auto Naming Numbering Cursor1 4 000 div Data Type Screen Image Cursor2 4 000 div Format PNG Marker Color ON Marker Marker1 X MENU Trace CH1 Waveform Save ON Position 3 000 div Waveform Save Setup Marker From Mark Auto Naming Numbering Degree Data Type Binary Trace CH1 Image Save OFF Cursor1 4 000 div Image Save Setup Cursor2 4 000 div Auto Naming Numbering RefValue 360
109. CTRL 1 CH2 CTRL 2 CH3 CTRL 3 CH4 CTRL 4 CH5 CTRL 5 CH6 CTRL 6 CH7 CTRL 7 CH8 CTRL 8 CH9 CTRL 9 CH10 CTRL 0 SET CTRL ENTER SETUP CTRL UTILITY CTRL CH11 CTRL F1 CH12 CTRL F2 CH13 CTRL F3 CH14 CTRL F4 CH15 CTRL F5 CH16 CTRL F6 Turn ZOOM POSITION to the right CTRL INSERT Turn VERTICAL POSITION to the right CTRL HOME Turn ZOOM POSITION to the left CTRL DELETE Turn VERTICAL POSITION to the left CTRL END START STOP CTRL or F12 DUAL CAPTURE CTRL SHIFT A FFT CTRL SHIFT B PRINT MENU CTRL SHIFT C X Y CTRL SHIFT D MENU CTRL SHIFT I GO NO GO CTRL SHIFT M ACTION CTRL SHIFT T SEARCH CTRL SHIFT Z CAL CTRL SHIFT EXP CH key E when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E DL850EV IM DL850E 03EN xipueddy H Appendix 4 USB Keyboard Key Assignments DL850E DL850EV USB Keyboard CH key ENTER CH K when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E DL850EV m CH key ENTER CH key M when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E DL850EV 1 CH key 1 when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 2 CH key user NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 3 CH key LOCK is illuminated the DL850E 4 CH key a ater NOM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 5 CH key BuU LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 6 CH key G when NUM LOCK is illuminated on the DL850E 7 CH key ion
110. Dialog Boxes 1 Use the keys to display the appropriate setup dialog box 2 Use the jog shuttle or the arrow keys to move the cursor to the setting that you want to set 3 Press SET The operation varies as indicated below depending on what you are setting Aselection menu appears Acheck box is selected or cleared Anitem is selected Atable of settings is selected Displaying a Selection Menu and Selecting an Item Average Setup Average Mode mdi Displays the selection menu mmm OFF Average Domain Freq Select Time or Freq Linear Linear Count After selecting an item with the jog shuttle press SET to confirm it Setting Items in a Table i Wave Window Cycle Frequency After moving the cursor to the table press SET 50Hz to select the setting the you want to change Reference Cycle 1 Press SET to select Sync Ch a table entry CH1 Level Cdndition Width CHI 0 20 0mV a CH OFF 0 5V Iysteresis CH3 How to Clear Setup Dialog Boxes Press ESC to clear the setup dialog box from the screen 4 2 IM DL850E 03EN 4 2 Entering Values and Strings Entering Values Using Dedicated Knobs You can use the following dedicated knobs to enter values directly Vertical POSITION knob SCALE knob TIME DIV knob ZOOM magnification knob MAG Zoom POSIT
111. GND lead In Using the High Voltage Differential Probes Be sure to connect the GND lead of a differential probe 700924 700925 701926 to the functional ground terminal on the right side panel of the DL850E DL850EV Otherwise high voltage may appear at the BNC connector making it dangerous Also be sure to connect the GND lead to the DL850E DL850EV before you connect to the device under measurement IM DL850E 03EN 3 19 SsjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 6 Correcting the Probe Phase For the following modules always correct the probe phase before you use a probe for measurement A High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation Module High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module Acceleration Voltage Module with AAF Frequency Module 720210 HS100M12 701250 HS10M12 701251 HS1M16 701255 NONISO 10M12 701275 ACCL VOLT 701280 FREQ Do not apply external voltage to the probe compensation signal output terminal This may cause damage to the internal circuitry DN Turn on the power switch N to measure to w Connect the probe to a signal input terminal the terminal that you will actually apply the signal Connect the tip of the probe to the probe compensation signal output terminal on the front panel of the instrument and connect the ground wire to the functiona
112. German HF French HL Italian HS Spanish Options B5 Built in printer 12 VDC Power 10 to 18 VDC DL850EV only M1 Memory expansion to 1 Gpoint M2 Memory expansion to 2 Gpoint HDO External HDD interface HD1 500 GB internal HDD IC1 GP IB interface C20 GP IB interface IRIG C30 GPS interface G2 User defined computation IG3 Real Time Math IG5 Power math P4 Probe power supply four outputs 1 Make sure that the attached power cord meets the designated standards of the country and area that you are using it in 2 Includes one roll of paper B9988AE instrument The DC option can only be installed on the DL850EV The DC and B5 options cannot be installed on the same The M1 and M2 options cannot be installed on the same instrument The HDO and HD1 options cannot be installed on the same instrument The C1 C20 and C30 options cannot be installed on the same instrument The G3 and G5 options cannot be installed on the same instrument IM DL850E 03EN Checking the Contents of the Package No Instrument Number When contacting the dealer from which you purchased the instrument please give them the instrument number IM DL850E 03EN Checking the Contents of the Package Standard Accessories The standard accessories below are supplied with the instrument Check that all contents are present and undamaged Item Model
113. HS1M16 model 701251 terminal 2ch Universal Voltage Temp Module UNIVERSAL model 701261 Signal input Oj OJ O O cho 11 1 15 O O O O cH10 cH12 cH14 cH 6 Sot 5 6 7 8 Stand Setup method Section 3 2 Empty slot protection cover Attach to slots that do not have input modules installed High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module NONISO 10M12 model 701255 Signal input terminal 2ch Universal Voltage Temp Module with AAF UNIVERSAL AAF model 701262 H input terminal L input terminal 2ch H input terminal L input terminal 2ch H input terminal L input terminal 2ch IM DL850E 03EN 1 3 syed Jo suonoun pue 1 1 Top Panel Front Panel Right Side Panel and Left Side Panel Temperature High Precision Strain Module NDIS Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal Voltage Isolation Module STRAIN NDIS model 701270 STRAIN DSUB model 701271 TEMP HPV model 701265 H input terminal Signal input Signal input L input terminal terminal terminal 2ch 2ch 2ch Acceleration Voltage Module Frequency Module High Speed 100 MS s with AAF FREQ model 701280 12 Bit Isolation Module ACCL VOLT model 701275 HS100M12 model 720210 Signal input Signal input terminal terminal Signal input 2ch 2ch terminal 2ch 16 CH Voltage Input Module 16 CH Temperature Voltage Logic Input Module 16CH VOLT model
114. IC to a waveform processing ASIC ACQ ASIC The 16 channel of digital data that is sent to the CPU board passes through the GIGAZoom Engine2 waveform processor and is stored to the acquisition memory ACQ Memory The digital data stored to the ACQ memory is compressed quickly by the GIGAZoom Engine2 and then it passes through a graphic controller and is shown on the XGA TFT color display The realtime math feature G3 option uses the A D converted data of the analog input channels or the math results of realtime math channels or both as its math sources and performs math operations on the specified channels in real time You can use the DL850E DL850EV to perform realtime math on up to 16 channels at the same time IM DL850E 03EN App 29 xipueddy E Appendix 5 Block Diagrams Plug in Module Block Diagram 701250 HS10M12 arr boe Ie un 9 Nr EN AIDS YA 7 Isolator ASIC gt Isolation Block 701255 NONISO 10M12 FLT 12 art pee Cr ASIC snnt sl 12 701251 HS1M16 Ort RA Gotten s gt 7 Isolation Block 701267 HV with RMS FLT gt Leanne gt as sa FLT gt gt LO Isolator
115. II e With the safety cable 1 1 a combination of the 701901 and 701954 5 200 V DC ACpeak Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less e When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe Or when used with the safety cable 1 1 a combination of the 701901 and 701954 1000 Vrms CAT II e Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms For the 701250 HS10M12 Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less e When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe 600 V DC ACpeak Safety cable 1 1 combined with 701901 701954 gt 200 V DC ACpeak as a value that meets the safety standard 250 V DC ACpeak maximum allowable voltage as a value that does not damage the instrument when applied Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less e When used with the 700929 10 1 isolated probe or the 701947 100 1 isolated probe Or when used with the safety cable 1 1 a combination of the 701901 and 701954 400 Vrms measurement category Other O 300 Vrms CAT II Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak
116. ION knob for scrolling zoom waveforms Using the Jog Shuttle Select the appropriate item using the soft keys and change the value using the jog shuttle the SET key and the arrow keys This manual sometimes describes this operation simply as using the jog shuttle Using the Keypad Press NUM LOCK to illuminate the NUM LOCK key and use the CH1 to CH16 keys to enter a value After you enter the value press ENTER to confirm it Type Horizontal Trace CH1 Cursor2 Gm Use the keypad to enter the value Note Some items that you can set using the jog shuttle are reset to their default values when you press the RESET key IM DL850E 03EN 4 3 suoneJedo 4 2 Entering Values and Strings Entering Character Strings Use the keyboard that appears on the screen to enter file names and comments Use the jog shuttle the SET key and the arrow keys to operate the keyboard and enter a character string How to Operate the Keyboard 1 Press the InputMode soft key and then the English soft key 2 After bringing up the keyboard use the jog shuttle to move the cursor to the character that you want to enter You can also move the cursor using the up down left and right arrow keys 3 Press SET to enter the character Ifa character string has already been entered use the arrow soft keys lt and gt to move the cursor to the position you want to insert characters into To switch between uppercase
117. Image Format PNG Ref1 2 000 div Color ON Ref2 2 000 div Back Ground Normal H amp V DISPLAY Trace CH1 Format Quad V Cursor1 4 000 div Extra Window OFF V Cursor2 4 000 div Graticule Grid H Cursor1 3 00 div Scale Value ON H Cursor2 3 00 div Setup MEASURE Allocation Mode Auto Mode OFF Trace Label OFF Distal Mesial Proximal Dot Connect Line Mode Accumulate OFF Distal 90 0 Manual Event OFF Mesial 50 0 Ch Information Narrow Proximal 10 0 X Y High Low Auto Window1 2 OFF Delay Setup Display OFF Mode OFF Start Point 5 div Polarity Rising End Point 5 div Edge Count 1 MODE Reference Trace Auto Range Main POSITION DELAY Time Range1 5 00 div Position 50 0 Time Range2 5 00 div Delay 0 0 us When Mode is set to ON Statistics SIMPLE ENHANCED 1 Cycle Mode OFF Setting Simple When Mode is set to Cycle Statistics Source CH1 Cycle Trace CH1 Slope Rising Level 0v Hold Off 0 00 us App 24 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 3 Default Values Operation Key Soft Key Setting Operation Key Soft Key Setting GO NO GO SEARCH Mode OFF Type Edge Logic AND Edge ActCondition Fail Trace CH1 Sequence Continue Level 0 0V Acquisition Count Infinite Polarity Rising Remote OFF Hysteresis A Beep OFF Count 1 Print Image OFF Result Window Zoom1 Save Waveform OFF Pattern No No Match Save Image OFF Event Send Mail OFF Select Number 1 Time Range1 5 00 div Result Window Zoom Time Range2 5 00 div Select Event Ca
118. Key Displays a menu for selecting the trigger mode Press SHIFT and then MODE to display a menu for configuring action on settings POSITION DELAY Key Press this key to set the trigger position and the trigger delay MANUAL TRIG Key Press this key to make the DL850E DL850EV trigger regardless of the trigger settings SIMPLE ENHANCED Key Displays a trigger setup menu TRIGGER MODE POSITION DELAY ACTION MANUAL TRIG SIMPLE ENHANCED Other Keys ANALYSIS Key Displays a menu for performing power math This key is valid on models with the G5 option SHIFT MATH Key Displays a menu for waveform computation Press SHIFT and then MATH to display a menu for configuring FFT computation HISTORY Key Displays a menu for using the history feature to recall data SHIFT MEASURE Key Displays a menu for automated measurement of waveform parameters Press SHIFT and then MEASURE to display a menu for GO NO GO determination CURSOR Key Displays a menu used when performing cursor measurements SHIFT ZOOM Key Displays a waveform zoom display menu Press SHIFT and then ZOOM to display a menu for data searching the search amp zoom function MAG Knob Use this knob to set the zoom factors for the Zoom1 and Zoom2 zoom boxes This knob has a push switch Press the MAG knob to switch the zoom box whose zoom factor is set by it POSITION Knob Zoom POSITION knob Use this knob to set the zoom position This knob has a
119. L850EV IRIG cable Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV External HDD cable Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length Video signal output cable Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV External I O cable Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV DC power cable Attach a ferrite core to the DC power cable Probe power cable Use the dedicated cable and wrap it once around a ferrite core on the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Example of wrapping the cable around once 6 18 IM DL850E 03EN 6 12 General Specifications Item Specifications Cable conditions input module Isolated probe 700929 for the 701250 701251 701255 701275 and 720210 Wrap the cable once around a ferrite core on the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Twisted pair cable for the 701261 701262 and 701265 Use a cable that is 3 m or less in length and wrap the cable once around a ferrite core on the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Twisted pair cable for the 720220 and 720221 701953 Use a cable that is 3 m or less in length and wrap the cable once around a ferrite core on the side of the
120. Memory Card External HDD eSATA support HDO option EXT HDD Terminal Internal HDD HD1 option USB USB Port GP IB C1 C20 option J GP IB Port IRIG C20 option IRIG Terminal Real Time Math lt including Digital Filter GO NO GO X GO NO GO Port G3 option 1000 BASE LAN Ethernet Port The M1 and M2 options cannot be installed Ext Clk In on the same instrument 2 The HDO and HD1 options cannot be installed on the same instrument 3 The C1 and C20 options cannot be installed Ext trig In out on the same instrument 4 This features covers firmware versions 1 30 and later of the DL850E DL850EV Signal Flow of the DL850E DL850EV The input terminal signal flow varies for each model In this example we will explain the signal flow for the High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 701250 HS10M12 For the signal flow of a particular module see the module s block diagram The input signal applied to the two input terminals is first processed by each module s input section In the 701250 HS10M12 the signal is attenuated and amplified by an attenuator ATT and amplifier AMP Then the signal s bandwidth is limited by a filter FLT Next the signal is sampled at a rate of 10 MS s 10 000 000 times a second by an A D converter and converted into digital data Then the signal passes through an isolator and an AS
121. O 10M12 701267 HV with RMS 720210 HS100M12 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF 701265 TEMP HPV 701275 ACCL VOLT Voltage For the 16 CH Voltage Input Module 720220 16CH VOLT Temperature 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF 701265 TEMP HPV Temperature For the 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module 720221 16CH TEMP VOLT Strain 701270 STRAIN NDIS 701271 STRAIN DSUB Acceleration 701275 ACCL VOLT Frequency 701280 FREQ Logic 720230 LOGIC CAN Bus Signal Monitoring 720240 CAN MONITOR 720241 CAN amp LIN This module can only be used with the DL850EV LIN Bus Signal Monitoring 720241 CAN amp LIN This module can only be used with the DL850EV IM DL850E 03EN 2 1 soJnjeo J 2 1 Vertical and Horizontal Axes Vertical Scale The vertical scale is used to adjust the displayed waveform amplitude so that you can easily view signals You can set the vertical scale to determine the value per grid square 1 div displayed on the Screen and to set the measurement range Use the SCALE knob to set the vertical scale for each channel Vertical Position Because the DL850E DL850EV can display many waveforms the waveforms may overlap and be difficult to view If this happens you can adjust the vertical display position to make waveforms easier to view vertical position Use the POSITION knob to set the vertical position for each channel Input Coupling You can
122. ON HD Recording OFF ON Time Base Time from the n trigger position ME 2719 05 14 15 18 27 646600 T uuuy ABCDEFG aaa 15 21 20 Waveform acquisition count Comment Screen capture output Trigger mode destination Trigger setting Level indicator Time of the waveform time reference When Trigger Mode is set to OnStart the reference is the measurement start time When Trigger Mode is set to Auto and the roll display is in use the reference is the measurement stop time In other situations the reference is the trigger time Waveform acquisition condition Stopped Running Waiting for trigger Pre Acquiring pre data Post Acquiring post data HD out Continuous writing to hard disk Acquisition Mode Indication Normal Normal mode Env Envelope mode Avg Average mode BoxAvg Boxaverage mode Note The DL850E DL850EV LCD may include a few defective pixels For details see section 6 4 Display IM DL850E 03EN syed Jo suonoun pue Zoom Waveform Display Display position of the Zoom1 zoom waveform with respect to the display record length Display position of the Zoom2 zoom waveform with respect to the display record length Zoom1 zoom range Zoom2 zoom range Zoont 2 0k RI o HEU ud ae tisa Time div for the ur 5 0007 m normal waveforms aj Zoomi Zoom J Y N ON Display 5 000 Normal waveform
123. OUT or Don t Care for each channel 6 2 IM DL850E 03EN 6 3 Time Axis Item Specifications Selectable time scale range The display of minutes per div hours per div and days per div is also possible 100 ns div to 1 s div in 1 2 5 steps 2 s div 3 s div 4 s div 5 s div 6 s div 8 s div 10 s div 20 S div 30 s div 1 min div to 10 min div in 1 min steps 12 min div 15 min div 30 min div 1 h div to 10 h div in 1 h steps 12 h div 1 day div 2 days div 3 days div 4 days div 5 days div 6 days div 8 days div 10 days div 20 days div Time accuracy External clock input 0 005 Connector type BNC Input level TTL level Detected edge Rising Frequency Up to 9 5 MHz range Minimum pulse 50 ns or more for both High and Low width 1 1 us div when the High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 720210 is not installed 2 Under standard operating conditions after the warm up time has passed 6 4 Display Item Specifications Display Display screen size 10 4 inch TFT LCD 210 4 mm x 157 8 mm Display resolution 1024 x 768 XGA Resolution of the waveform display 801 x 656 normal or 1001 x 656 wide Display format Divisions Up to three screen divisions can be displayed at the same time Each division can contain one of the following windows TY ZOOM1 ZOOM2 XY1 XY2 FFT1 or FFT2 The LCD may include a few defective pixels within 5 ppm o
124. PF Filter order 5 to 49 Cutoff frequency 300 kHz to 2 Hz Resolution 300 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 300 Hz in steps of 20 Hz Resolution 298 Hz to 30 Hz in steps of 2 Hz Resolution 29 8 Hz to 2 Hz in steps of 0 2 Hz Cutoff characteristic 3 0 x f fc where f is the frequency and fc is the cutoff frequency Sharp Filter format FIR Filter type LPF HPF BPF Filter order 5 to 194 LPF Cutoff frequency 300 kHz to 2 Hz Resolution 300 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 300 Hz in steps of 20 Hz Resolution 298 Hz to 30 Hz in steps of 2 Hz Resolution 29 8 Hz to 2 Hz in steps of 0 2 Hz HPF Cutoff frequency 300 kHz to 200 Hz Resolution 300 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 200 Hz in steps of 20 Hz BPF Center frequency 300 kHz to 300 Hz Resolution 300 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 300 Hz in steps of 20 Hz Bandwidth 200 150 100 50 20 15 10 5 2 1 5 1 kHz 500 200 Hz there are limits based on the center frequency Cutoff characteristic 40 dB 2fc LPF 40 dB 0 5fc HPF Phase Linear phase characteristics 6 6 IM DL850E 03EN 6 5 Features Item Specifications IIR Filter
125. Sample Rate Relationship between the Main Channel Sample Rate and the Sub Channel Sample Rates of the CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Module Main Channel Number of Sub Channels Sample Rate 1 2 3 to 4 5 to 8 9to 16 17 to 32 33 to 60 5 5 Maximum Sample Rate 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100 k 100 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 50 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 20 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 10 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 5M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 50 k 2M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 50 20k 1M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 50k 20k 10k 500 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 50k 20k 10k 5k 200 k 100k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 100 k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 50k 50k 10k 10k 55k 2k 1k 500 20k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 10k 10k 55k 2k 1k 500 200 100 5k 5k 1k 1k 500 200 100 50 2k 2k 1k 500 200 100 50 20 1k 1k 500 200 100 50 20 10 500 500 100 100 50 20 10 5 200 200 100 50 20 10 5 2 100 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 50 50 10 10 5 2 1 20 20 10 5 2 1 10 10 5 2 1 5 5 1 1 App 18 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 2 Relationship between the Record Length and the Acquisition Mode Maximum Record Length That Can Be Set The maximum record length varies as indicated below for each model depending on the number of displayed channels When Dual Capturing and Hard Disk Recording Are Off
126. Soft Key Setting Mail Analysis Setup Attached OFF Cursor Read Display Image File Mode TimeOut s 15 Action ON Net Print Folder Mode LPR Name PASSTHRU Input Setup OFF TimeOut s 15 Offset amp Adjust Net Drive Self Test Keyboard LoginName anonymous Passive OFF TimeOut s 1800 SNTP TimeOut s 3 Adjust at OFF PowerON Preference Power On Action Start OFF Action OFF Logic Setup Numerical Bit Format Cursor 1 258 Order Bit Order 1 28 Terminal Setup Remote On Stop Trigger Out Normal Pulse Width 1 msec Display Setup Menu Font Large Size Base Color Blue Scale Font Large Size Scale On Item Level On Indicator Horozontal Auto Axis Display Mode Intensity Grid 2 Cursor 8 Marker 8 Key Knob Setup Click Sound ON START Quick STOP Response Time Key Protect Type All Release Key Type App 26 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 4 USB Keyboard Key Assignments DL850E DL850EV USB Keyboard AQUIRE CTRL A MATH CTRL B Execute PRINT CTRL C or PRINT SCREEN DISPLAY CTRL D FILE CTRL F HELP CTRL G HISTORY CTRL H Execute SAVE 1 MANUALTRIG CTRL J KEY PROTECT CTRL K ALL CH CTRL L MEASURE CTRL M NUM LOCK CTRL N POSITION DELAY CTRL P Execute CLEAR TRACE CTRL Q Execute RESET CTRL R SHIFT CTRL S MODE TRIGGER CTRL T CURSOR CTRL U ANALYSIS CTRL X SIMPLE ENHANCED CTRL W ZOOM CTRL Z CH1
127. TUP to display the following menu SETUP Initialize Executes auto setup Undo 7 Undoes auto setup Store Recall Center Position after the Execution of Auto Setup The center position after you execute auto setup will be 0 V Applicable Modules Auto setup is performed on the following modules 701250 HS10M12 701251 HS1M16 701255 NONISO 10M12 701267 HV with RMS 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF 701275 ACCL VOLT 720210 HS100M12 720220 16CH VOLT Channels That Auto Setup Is Performed On Auto setup is performed on all channels except logic channels Logic waveforms are displayed with the same settings as before you executed auto setup Waveforms Displayed before the Execution of Auto Setup When you perform auto setup the data in the acquisition memory is overwritten and the waveforms that were displayed before you executed auto setup are cleared Undoing Auto Setup You can press the Undo soft key to revert to the settings that were in effect before you executed auto setup You cannot undo auto setup if you switch to a different setup menu or clear the SETUP menu using the ESC key IM DL850E 03EN suoneJedo 4 5 Performing Auto Setup Signals That Auto Setup Can Be Applied To Frequency Absolute input voltage Type Note Approx 50 Hz or higher Signals whose maximum value is at least approx 20 mV at 1 1 setting Simple repeati
128. User s Manual DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder Getting Started Guide YOKOGAWA IM DL850E 03EN Yokogawa Meters amp Instruments Corporation 1st Edition Product Registration Thank you for purchasing YOKOGAWA products YOKOGAWA provides registered users with a variety of information and services Please allow us to serve you best by completing the product registration form accessible from our homepage http tmi yokogawa com PIM 103 03E Thank you for purchasing the DL850E ScopeCorder or DL850EV ScopeCorder Vehicle Edition hereinafter DL850E DL850EV will refer to both of these products This getting started guide primarily explains the handling precautions and basic operations of the DL850E DL850EV To ensure correct use please read this manual thoroughly before operation Keep this manual in a safe place for quick reference in the event that a question arises This manual is one of six DL850E DL850EV manuals Please read all manuals Manual Title Manual No Description DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 01EN The supplied CD contains the PDF file of this manual Features Guide This manual explains all the DL850E DL850EV features other than the communication interface features You can view the same information in the DL850E DL850EV help files DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 02EN The supplied CD contains the PDF file of this manual User s Manual The manual explains how to operate the DL850E DL85
129. Using the 16 CH Scanner Box Do not connect or disconnect the 16 CH scanner box or the cables that are connected to it while the power is on e Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage Do not leave the instrument connected to devices in an environment that may be subject to voltage surges To prevent electric shock connect wires to the terminal block that match the voltage range that you are measuring Applying a voltage exceeding the value indicated below may damage the input section If the frequency is above 1 kHz damage may occur even when the voltage is below this value Maximum input voltage across the input terminals and at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage across the input terminals or and earth at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms The input terminals of the sub channels are electrically insulated inside the scanner box If you connect a wire that has a potential difference greater than 42 V DC ACpeak between sub channels the insulation may be damaged which will lead to the 16 CH scanner box being damaged Terminal block Terminal block Sub channel Sub channel CH1 CH3 Input terminal 2 CH 10 i Ground CH8 gt ol CH 16 Wire insertion hole Screwdriver insertion hole Over Rang
130. V 10 96 Differences in the Waveform due to the Phase Correction of the Probe Too much adjustment Not enough adjustment Correct waveform increased gain in the high reduced gain in the high frequency band frequency band EHE ru Notes about Using Probes with the Frequency Module 701280 FREQ You cannot perform phase correction on a probe connected to the frequency module To use a probe with the frequency module first perform phase correction on the probe using another module IM DL850E 03EN 3 21 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 7 Connecting Measurement Leads Connecting Measurement Leads When you measure voltage using the 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF 701267 HV with RMS and 701265 TEMP HPV connect the measurement leads of a plug in type terminal to the input terminal m SS For the 701261 701262 and 701265 For the 701267 L black A When connecting a device under measurement to the instrument be sure to turn off the device It is extremely dangerous to connect or remove measurement leads while the device under measurement is on When measuring high voltages do not connect a plug in type terminal with exposed conducting parts to the input terminal to be used as a measurement lead It is very dangerous if t
131. V and 10 V Gauge resistance 120 O to 1000 O bridge voltage 2 V 350 O to 1000 bridge voltage 2 V 5 V and 10 V Gauge factor 1 90 to 2 20 set in 0 01 steps Frequency characteristics 3 dB point when a sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied DC to 20 kHz mV V range support Supports the strain gauge transducer unit system mV V range 0 5x uSTR range 1000 Measurement range FS and measurement range When using STR range Measurement Range FS Measurement Range 500 uSTR 500 uSTR to 500 uSTR 1000 uSTR 1000 uSTR to 1000 uSTR 2000 uSTR 2000 uSTR to 2000 uSTR 5000 uSTR 5000 STR to 5000 uSTR 10000 uSTR 10000 uSTR to 10000 uSTR 20000 uSTR 20000 uSTR to 20000 uSTR When using mV V range Measurement Range FS Measurement Range 0 25 mv V 0 25 mV V to 0 25 mV V 0 5 mV V 0 5 mV V to 0 5 mV V 1 mv v 1 mVN to 1 mV V 2 5 mV V 2 5 mVN to 2 5 mV V 5 mV V 5 mVN to 5 mV V 10 mV V 10 mVN to 10 mV V DC accuracy 0 5 of FS 5 uSTR Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Between Input and Input 10 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Between each terminal and 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms earth ground Input connector 9 pin D Sub connector female Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical
132. Ver 1 1 Only reading from a PC to the internal hard disk of the DL850E DL850EV is possible Operations such as writing deleting and formatting are impossible PC system requirements A PC with a USB port running the English or Japanese version of Windows 7 32 bit Windows Vista 32 bit or Windows XP 32 bit SP2 or later A separate driver is required Ethernet Item Specifications Connector type RJ 45 modular jack Ports 1 Electrical and mechanical IEEE802 3 specifications Transmission system Ethernet 1000BASE T 100BASE TX 10BASE T Communication protocol TCP IP Supported services DHCP DNS SNTP client SMTP client FTP server and client LPR Web server and VXI11 GP IB C1 or C20 option Item Specifications Connector type 24 pin connector Electrical specifications Complies with IEEE St d 488 1978 JIS C 1901 1987 Functional specifications SH1 AH1 T6 L4 SR1 RL1 PPO DC1 DTO and CO Protocol IEEE St d 488 2 1992 Code ISO ASCII Mode Addressable mode Address Talker and listener addresses can be specified from 0 to 30 Remote mode release Remote mode can be cleared with the SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key except during Local Lockout 6 16 IM DL850E 03EN 6 12 General Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating Ambient Temperature 23 5 conditions Ambient humidity 20 to 8096 RH Supply voltage and frequency errors Within
133. Waveform Computation Waveform Computation You can perform basic arithmetic binarization FFT p and Analysis ower spectrum and phase shifting display the waveform with its phase shifted On models with the G2 option you can use a rich variety of functions square root trigonometric functions differentiation integration digital filtering six types of FFT functions and so on to define up to eight equations MATH bi The expression that Expression configuration dialog box you enter appears CO CIC ae Use the soft keyboard on the screen to ena smfe mw ew expression s ps Yus mP sm reram Le 9 2 n m m es amsjmejsmjpur 4 C5 6 J J Qe ma rv oi oorno 2Y3Y BS PHASEREAL IMAG furau Leer FO 00 Ibl Cursor Measurement There are cursors for T Y time axis X Y and FFT waveforms You can position a cursor over a waveform to view the various measured values at the intersection of the cursor and the waveform Automated Measurement of Waveform Parameters You can use this feature to automatically measure waveform levels maximum values frequencies and other values For up to 100 Mpoint of waveform data you can measure 29 waveform parameters including the delay between channels that relate to the voltage axis
134. able common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Working voltage of safety standard Combined with the 7589334701954 across probe tip H and earth 700 Vrms CAT II across probe tip L and earth 400 Vrms CAT II Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms across the input terminal H or L and earth Vertical voltage axis accuracy DC accuracy Waveform observation mode DC accuracy RMS observation mode DC accuracy 1 0 of 10 div AC accuracy when a sine wave is input 1 5 of 10 div At frequency of 40 Hz to 1 kH AC accuracy when the crest factor is 2 or less 2 0 of 10 div At frequency of 40 Hz to 1 kH AC accuracy when the crest factor is 3 or less 3 0 of 10 div At frequency of 40 Hz to 1 kH 0 25 of 10 div Input connector Plug in terminal safety terminal Input impedance 1 MO x 1 approx 35 pF 3 dB point when AC coupled low frequency attenuation point 1 Hz or less Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Residual noise level Input section shorted 1 mV or 0 02 div whichever is greater Typical Withstand voltage 3700 Vrms for 1 minute across each terminal and earth 60 Hz Allowable transient surge voltage instantaneous 5200 Vpeak across each input terminal and earth Insulation resistance 500 VDC 10 or more across each input
135. age axis accuracy 5 mV div to 20 V div 0 5 of 10 div DC accuracy Input connector BNC connector isolated type Input impedance 1 x 195 approx 35 pF 3 dB point when AC coupled 10 Hz or less 1 Hz or less when using the 700929 0 1 Hz or less when using the 701947 low frequency attenuation point Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical Residual noise level 400 pV or 0 06 div whichever is greater Typical Input section shorted Withstand voltage 1500 Vrms for 1 minute across each terminal and earth 60 Hz Allowable transient surge voltage 2100 Vpeak across each input terminal and earth instantaneous Insulation resistance 500 VDC 10 MO or more across each input terminal and earth conversion resolution 12 bit 150 LSB div Temperature coefficient Zero point 5 mV div to 20 V div 0 0596 of 10 div C Typical Gain 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 500 kHz 50 kHz 5 kHz and 500 Hz Cut off characteristics 18 dB OCT Typical Probe attenuation setting Voltage probe 1 1 10 1 100 1 1000 1 Current probe 10 A 1 V for the 700937 701933 100 A 1 V for the 701930 701931 Compatible probes cables Voltage probe Recommended 700929 10 1 safety probe 20 to 45 pF For measuring 600 Vpeak or less 701947 100 1 probe 15 to 45 pF For measuring 600 Vpeak or less Current probe power can be supplied from the DL850E DL850EV
136. al Period Trigger the specified conditions are met at a single point The DL850E DL850EV triggers on a specified period of occurrence of state condition B The DL850E DL850EV triggers when state condition B occurs again Met Met Reference time B H Trigger Pulse Width Trigger The DL850E DL850EV triggers according to the relationship between the state condition B achievement time and the Achievement time Wave Window Trigger specified reference times Time or T1 and T2 B gt Trigger The DL850E DL850EV creates real time templates Wave Window using a number of cycles directly preceding the current waveforms The DL850E DL850EV compares the current waveforms to the real time templates and triggers if one of the current waveforms falls outside of its real time template Reference cycles Current example the waveforms for the four previous cycles waveform X Measured waveform NM ES Average of 1 2 or 4 cycles NA Real time template Tolerance width gt Average waveform The DL850E DL850EV compares tolerance width the current waveform to the real time template and triggers if the current waveform falls outside of the real time template IM DL850E 03EN 2 5 soJnjeo J 2 2 Triggering Trigger Source Trigger source refers to the signal that is used to ch
137. amage the DL850E DL850EV Video Signal Output Terminal VIDEO OUT XGA You can use video signal output to display the DL850E DL850EV screen on a monitor Any multisync monitor that supports XGA can be connected Item Specifications Connector type D sub 15 pin Output format Analog RGB output Output resolution XGA output 1024 x 768 dots approx 60 Hz Vsync 10 15 fon 5 oco 11 05971 6 D Sub 15 receptacle Pin No Signal Specifications 1 Red 0 7 Vp p 2 Green 0 7 Vp p 3 Blue 0 7 Vp p 4 5 6 GND 7 GND 8 GND 9 10 GND 11 12 13 Horizontal sync signal Approx 36 4 kHz TTL positive logic 14 Vertical sync signal Approx 60 Hz TTL positive logic 15 Connecting to a Monitor 1 Turn off the DL850E DL850EV and the monitor 2 Connect the DL850E DL850EV and the monitor using an RGB cable 3 Turn on the DL850E DL850EV and the monitor IM DL850E 03EN 5 5 GO NO GO Determination I O and External Start Stop Input EXT I O Connecting to Other Instruments CAUTION Donotapply external voltage to the NO GO OUT and GO OUT output pins Doing so may damage the instrument When connecting the GO NO GO determination signal output to another device do not connect the wrong signal pin Doing so may damage the DL850E DL850EV or the connected instrument Do not connect a USB cable to the GO NO GO output terminal Doing so m
138. and lowercase letters press the Caps soft key Todelete the previous character press the BS soft key 4 Repeat steps 1 and to enter all of the characters in the string Select 5 on the keyboard or press the History soft key to display a list of character strings that you have entered previously Use the jog shuttle to select a character string and press SET to enter the selected character string 5 Press the ENTER soft key or move the cursor to ENTER on the keyboard and press SET to confirm the character string and clear the keyboard Character insertion position Select to enter a string from the history I InputMode mc Select the keyboard language a English Japanese Caps 1 Switches between uppercase and lowercase OOOO 5 MOG Mae Lea lt COU ORE ae 0 5 CEXXX3J3X3 eee 5 gt Moves the character insertion CuXvXwYxXv CeXxX amp X1X3 Gee 5 position 2 b BS BS m Deletes the previous character ENTER Confirms the characters that you have entered 5 History Select to enter a string from the history List of previously entered strings OW TEST2 AVET After selecting an item using the jog shuttle TESTI or the arrow keys press SET to confirm it DL850 Note amp cannot be entered consecutively File names are not case sensi
139. ange Measurement pulse selection Minimum resolution 1 ldiv to 20 div 1 2 5 steps 0 1 Hz to 200 kHz Select positive or negative pulse 0 01 Power supply frequency Measurable frequency range Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Center frequency setting Minimum resolution 30 Hz to 70 Hz when the center frequency is 50 Hz 40 Hz to 80 Hz when the center frequency is 60 Hz 380 Hz to 420 Hz when the center frequency is 400 Hz 0 1 Hz div to 2 Hz div 0 01 Hz resolution Select 50 Hz 60 Hz or 400 Hz 0 01 Hz Pulse width Measurable pulse width Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Measurement pulse selection Minimum resolution Pulse integration Maximum pulse count Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Frequency measuring range Computation function Selectable Unit Pulse range Counter reset 2 us to 50 s where the input frequency is up to 200 kHz 10 us div to 5 s div 1 2 5 steps Select positive or negative pulse 0 1 us 2x10 pulses 500 0E 18 value div to 10 00E 21 value div 1 2 5 range total of 123 ranges 0 1 Hz to 200 kHz where the minimum pulse width is 2 us Set the physical amount per pulse and display by converting the values intophysical values such as distance and flow rate 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 Manual reset and over limit reset Velocity Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Computing method Selectable Distance Pulse range 500 0 E 18 value div to 10 00 E 21 va
140. are the same as those shown for the standard model Supply format Auto DC AC switching AC preferred isolation between DC power input terminal and the DL850EV Rated supply voltage 12 VDC Permitted supply voltage Power consumption 10 to 18 VDC Approx 90 VA typical Approx 105 VA typical Approx 135 VA typical When driving 2 channels High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module x 1 When driving 8 channels High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module x 2 and High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module x 2 When driving 16 channels High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module x 4 and High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module x 4 Maximum power consumption Approx 150 VA Standby power during DC standby 30 mW typical DC power consumption when power is supplied both to AC and DC power Voltage input protection circuit Overcurrent detection Breaker 15 A Reverse connection protection Breaker shutdown Undervoltage detection Cut off at a voltage less than approx 9 5 V Overvoltage detection Cut off at a voltage greater than approx 18 V Withstand voltage 30 VDC for one minute between the DC power input terminal and earth terminal External dimensions Approx 355 mm W x 250 mm H x 200 mm D DL850EV with the DC option installed not including the handle and protrusions Weight Approx 7 4 kg only the DL850EV with all options M3 C8 C10 P4 DC opt
141. asurement signal DOE E Floating common F Sense positive bridge voltage sensing G Sense negative bridge voltage sensing The connector shell is connected to the case potential of the DL850E DL850EV e Each of the signals from A to is isolated within the module When creating your own cable we recommend that you use a shielded cable in order to shut out external noise A CAUTION Take extra care when wiring the connectors If the wiring is shorted or incorrect it can damage the DL850E DL850EV or other instruments that are connected to the DL850E DL850EV 3 26 IM DL850E 03EN 3 9 Connecting Bridgeheads Pinout of the D Sub Connector As viewed in the direction of arrow 1 1 2 34 5 Floating common Sense negative bridge voltage sensing Shuntcal negative shunt signal Shuntcal positive shunt signal Sense positive bridge voltage sensing Bridge negative bridge voltage Input negative measurement signal Input positive measurement signal Bridge positive bridge voltage D Sub 9 pin connector Cable 67 8 9 Connector shell ooudooBR9N2I IM DL850E 03EN 3 27 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 10 Connecting a Logic Probe to the Logic Input Module To measure logic signals connect a logic probe the 702911 702912 700986 or 700987 to a logic input module the 720230 A CAUTION Applying a voltage greater than the
142. ation This instrument is designed to be used indoors Do not install or use it outdoors Install the instrument so that you can immediately remove the power cord if an abnormal or dangerous condition occurs CAUTION Operating Environment Limitations This product is a Class A for industrial environments product Operation of this product in a residential area may cause radio interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference IM DL850E 03EN Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE DIRECTIVE 2002 96 EC This directive is valid only in the EU This product complies with the WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC marking requirement This marking indicates that you must not discard this electrical electronic product in domestic household waste Product Category With reference to the equipment types in the WEEE directive Annex 1 this product is classified as a Monitoring and control instruments product Do not dispose in domestic household waste When disposing products in the EU contact your local Yokogawa Europe B V office New EU Battery Directive New EU Battery Directive DIRECTIVE 2006 66 EC This directive is valid only in the EU Batteries are included in this product This marking indicates they shall be sorted out and collected as ordained in ANNEX II in DIRECTIVE 2006 66 EC Battery type Lithium battery You cannot
143. ations CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Module 720241 Specification Item Specifications Standard operating Ambient temperature 23 5 condition Ambient humidity 20 to 8096 RH Number of input ports CAN port 1 LIN port 1 Maximum sample rate 100 kS s Input format Isolated unbalanced CAN port specifications Item Specifications Maximum input voltage 3 to 10 V between CAN and GND or CAN L and GND Maximum allowable common mode voltage 42 V DC ACpeak CAT 11 30 Vrms Input connector D sub 9 pin male Terminator Internal can be enabled or disabled Terminator resistance when the terminator is enabled 110 to 130 Q LED display Illuminates to indicate that the terminator is enabled Supported protocol Physical layer ISO 11898 High Speed Communication Supported bit rates 10 kbps 20 kbps 33 3 kbps 50 kbps 62 5 kbps 66 7 kbps 83 3 kbps 100 kbps 125 kbps 250 kbps 500 kbps 800 kbps 1 Mbps Supported data length 4 bytes maximum Number of sub channels 60 sub channels One shot output Frames can be output in single shots A D converter resolution when Value Type is set to Float 16 bits 2400 LSB div 1 Low speed CAN at low speed transceiver levels is not supported LIN port specifications Item Specifications Maximum input voltage 0 3 to 18 V between LIN VBAT and
144. ay damage the instrument About the External I O Cable 720911 sold separately Do not use the cable for anything other than the DL850E DL850EV external I O Referto the following figure to connect the cable to an external device Approx 1 5 m ra To the DL850E DL850EV aici 1 Process the wires at the end of the stripped cable RJ 11 connector as necessary Wire color Pin no Signal Logic Red 1 EXT EVENT IN Negative logic Yellow 2 START IN Negative logic White 3 GO OUT Negative logic Green 4 NOGO OUT Negative logic Blue 5 GND GO NO GO Determination I O You can apply an external signal to the DL850E DL850EV s GO NO GO terminal and perform GO NO GO determination and you can output the results of GO NO GO determination from the GO NO GO I O terminal GO NO GO I O Connector Type The connector uses an RJ 11 modular jack Use the external I O cable accessory 720911 sold separately If you are using a commercially sold cable four conductor modular telephone cable wire the pins according to the above figure reuBis jeu1o x3 BH Level Within O to 5 V threshold level TTL Pinout ZNEXT IIO Pin no Signal 1 EXT EVENT IN IN Manual event Event input occurs on low edge 2 START IN IN Starts on low edge 3 GO OUT OUT Active low GO 4 NOGO OUT OUT Active low NO GO 5 GND 6 NC no connection Connector on the DL850E
145. cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Measurement lead 758933 for the 701267 Bundle the H and L measurement leads Attach a ferrite core to the DL850E DL850EV side of the bundled leads D sub 9 pin shielded cable for the 720240 and 720241 Use a cable that is 3 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Bridgeheads 701955 and 701956 for the 701270 Use a cable that is 5 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Bridgeheads 701957 and 701958 for the 701271 Use a cable that is 5 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Logic probe input cables 700986 700987 702911 and 702912 for the 720230 Attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Immunity Compliant standards EN61326 1 Table 2 for use in industrial locations EN61326 2 1 Approved DL850E DL850EV 701250 701251 701255 701267 701261 701262 701265 701270 701271 701275 701280 720210 720220 720221 720230 720240 720241 700986 700987 701953 701955 701956 701957 701958 702911 702912 Influence in the immunity environment criteria A Noise increase 701250 lt 20 mV 1 1 input 5 mV div conversion 701251 lt 3 mV 1 1 input 1 mV div conversion 701255 lt 25 mV 1 1 input 5 mV div conversion 701267 lt 30 mV 1
146. ccording to the determination condition c7 Specified zone Determination area Waveform Parameter Set the upper and lower limits for automated measurement values of waveform parameters The DL850E DL850EV performs GO NO GO determination based on whether the values are within or outside of the limits Actions Performed according to Determination Results The DL850E DL850EV can print and save screen captures save waveform data beep and send e mails according to the results of GO NO GO determination IM DL850E 03EN 2 11 soJnjeo J Chapter 3 3 1 Making Preparations for Measurements Handling Precautions Safety Precautions If you are using this instrument for the first time make sure to thoroughly read the safety precautions given on page ix Do Not Remove the Case Do not remove the case from the instrument Some sections inside the instrument have high voltages and are extremely dangerous For internal inspection and adjustment contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Unplug If Abnormal Behavior Occurs If you notice smoke or unusual odors coming from the instrument immediately turn off the power and unplug the power cord If such an irregularity occurs contact your dealer Do Not Damage the Power Cord Nothing should be placed on the power cord The cord should be kept away from any heat sources When unplugging the power cord from the outlet never pull by the cord itself Always hold and pu
147. cessive current protection circuit of the power supply WZ A PROBE POWER 12V DC If the terminals are named A through D Total current consumption for A through D S1A Specifications of the Probe Power Supply Terminals Optional Item Number of probes that can be used Probes that can be used Number of current probes that can be used Supply voltage 4 Current probe 700937 701930 701931 and 701933 700937 15 A Up to 4 701930 150 A Up to 2 701931 500 A Up to 1 701933 30 A Up to 2 12 V four outputs up to 1 A total current When using the current probe the number of probes that can be used is limited by the current generated by the device under measurement current measured by the current probe The measured versus consumed current characteristics of current probes that can be connected to the instrument are indicated below e e e Current probe 700937 DC AC f 50 Hz 250 T 200 E 150 E 100 Positive 7 current 50 t 8 5 a Negative 100 current 150 5 200 o 250 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 Measured current A Current probe 701931 DC AC f 50 Hz 500 lt 400 300 200 Positive current g 100 t Es 9 100 Negative 200 current o E 3 o 400
148. de of the instrument There are also vent holes for the cooling fan on the left side panel and the top panel To prevent internal overheating allow for enough space around the instrument see the figure below and do not block the inlet and exhaust holes TK N NO veh Ve OSSA NS S oooo When connecting cables and opening and closing the cover of the built in printer provide extra operating space in addition to the space in the figure shown above IM DL850E 03EN sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 2 Installing the Instrument Ambient Temperature and Humidity Ambient temperature 5 to 40 C Ambient humidity 20 to 80 RH when the printer is not used no condensation 35 to 80 RH when the printer is used Note To ensure high measurement accuracy operate the instrument in the 23 5 C temperature range and 20 to 80 RH Condensation may occur if the instrument is moved to another place where the ambient temperature is higher or if the temperature changes rapidly In such cases allow the instrument adjust to the new environment for at least an hour before using the instrument Do not install the instrument in the following places Outdoors n direct sunlight or near heat sources Where the instrument is exposed to water or other liquids Where an excessive amount of soot steam dust or corrosive gas is present Near strong
149. ding to the type of power cord Check that the voltage supplied to the DL850E DL850EV is less than or equal to the maximum rated voltage of the provided power cord see page iii before using it IM DL850E 03EN 3 9 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 4 Connecting to a Power Supply and Turning the Power Switch On and Off Connecting the DC Power Supply to the DC Power Supply Model DC A Connect the DC power cord after checking that the power switch of the instrument is turned OFF If you connect the power cord with the power switch turned ON sparks may be emitted and can lead to fire To prevent the possibility of electric shock or fire be sure to use a power cord and power connector that YOKOGAWA specifies Make sure to perform protective earth grounding to prevent electric shock A CAUTION There is a polarity to the DC power connector Check the polarity when making a connection If you have trouble connecting it do not force it check the connector direction To prevent shorting the power supply remove the power cord from the power supply when the power supply is not in use Creating the Power Cord Create a power cord using the power connector that comes with the package For the power cord use a cable that is between AWG12 conductive cross sectional area of 3 3 mm and AWG14 conductive cross sectional area of 2 1 mm with an outer diameter less than or equal to 3 6 mm T
150. dule 720241 CAN amp LIN The CAN bus monitor module and CAN amp LIN bus monitor module can be used on the DL850EV It cannot be used on the DL850E Precautions to Be Taken When Installing or Removing Input Modules If you replace one installed input module with another the settings for the channel will be reset to their defaults when the power is turned on If you want to keep the settings specify a save destination and save them Installation Procedure of Modules 1 Make sure that the power switch on the left side panel of the instrument is turned off 2 Check the channel number displayed on the input module installation slot on the right side panel of the instrument and then install the input module along the guide Holding the handles on the top and bottom of the input module press hard until it clicks in place If there is a cover plate on the slot in which to install the module remove the cover plate first 3 Firmly fasten the screws that came with the instrument in two places the top and bottom of the input module screw tightening torque 0 6 N m 4 Turn the instrument s power switch on 5 In the overview screen check that the name of the module that you installed is displayed correctly at the appropriate slot If it is not correct remove the module according to the steps in Removal shown below and reinstall the module according to steps 1 to 3 shown above To display the overview screen s
151. e It is extremely dangerous to connect or remove wires while the device under measurement is on Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Modules e Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To avoid electric shock be sure to ground the instrument To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical protection function and the mechanical protection function will not be activated Do not leave the instrument connected to devices in an environment that may be subject to voltage surges To prevent electric shock connect wires to the terminal block that match the voltage range that you are measuring Applying a voltage exceeding the value indicated below may damage the input section If the frequency is above 1 kHz damage may occur even when the voltage is below this value Maximum input voltage across the input terminals and L at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage across the input terminals or L and earth at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Wire the L input terminals for all of the sub channels on the same module to the same potential The L input terminals of the sub channels are all common Because the L input terminals are electrically connected inside the DL850E DL850EV connecting different potentials to
152. e withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To avoid electric shock be sure to ground the instrument To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Donotleave the instrument connected to devices in an environment that may be subject to voltage surges To prevent electric shock connect wires to the terminal block that match the voltage range that you are measuring 6 46 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications AN Applying a voltage greater than the limits listed below may damage the input section For frequencies above 1 kHz damage may occur even if the voltage is less than the limits listed below Maximum input voltage between H and L input terminals when the frequency is 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage between the H or L input terminal and the ground when the frequency is 1 kHz or less 42V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Wire all the L input terminals for all the sub channels on the same module to the same potential The L input terminals of the sub channels are all connected Because the L input terminals are electrically connected inside the DL850E DL850EV connecting different potentials to them could result in short circuiting and damage to the 16 CH voltage input module Terminal block Input The L input terminals are
153. e Indication If over range is indicated the DL850E DL850EV may be receiving a voltage higher than the observed waveform or measured waveform values To prevent electric shock change the vertical scale with the SCALE knob so that the entire amplitude of the waveform is displayed within the waveform display area and check the input voltage level Over range indication Indicates the number of the channel that over range is occurring on Channel indication when over range is occurring on multiple channels Indicates the smallest number among the channels that over range is occurring on 3 36 IM DL850E 03EN 3 14 Connecting Wires to the 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module A CAUTION Correct measurements cannot be obtained when the positive and negative thermocouple leads are connected in reverse Immediately after connecting the thermocouple the heat balance may be disturbed at the input terminal section and may cause measurement errors Therefore wait about ten minutes before making a measurement n an environment where the air from the air conditioning is directly applied to the input terminals or where there are effects from a heat source the heat balance may be disturbed at the input terminal section and cause measurement errors When making measurements in this type of environment take preventive measures such as changing the position What to Prepare Thermocouple or Wiring Remove approximately
154. e enabled when the module screws are tightened It is extremely dangerous if you do not fasten the screws Also be sure to only use a recommended YOKOGAWA logic probe 700986 700987 702911 or 702912 with the logic module IM DL850E 03EN 3 5 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 3 Installing Input Modules Types of Input Modules The following 14 types of input modules are available High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 720210 HS100M12 701250 HS10M12 High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation Module 701251 HS1M16 High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module 701255 NONISO 10M12 High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS 701267 HV with RMS Universal Voltage Temp Module 701261 UNIVERSAL Universal Voltage Temp Module with AAF 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module Strain Module NDIS 701265 TEMP HPV 701270 STRAIN NDIS Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal 701271 STRAIN DSUB Acceleration Voltage Module with AAF 701275 ACCL VOLT Frequency Module 701280 FREQ 16 CH Voltage Input Module 720220 16CH VOLT 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module 720221 16CH TEMP VOLT Logic Input Module 720230 LOGIC CAN Bus Monitor Module 720240 CAN MONITOR CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Mo
155. e is ON Some of the strain gauge sensors and bridge heads made by other manufacturers do not have sensing wires connected No such problems with bridge heads made by YOKOGAWA If such products are used an error may result in the bridge voltage leading to measurement errors because sensing does not work effectively Perform sensing as close to the bridge head as possible There is no conversion cable for sensing on D Sub connector types The connector shell is connected to the case potential When a bridge head 701957 or 701958 is used the connector shell cable shield and the bridge head case are all connected to the case potential of the DL850E DL850EV When a bridge head 701957 or 701958 is used the floating GND is connected to the bridge head case inside the bridge head Be sure to execute balancing again when you change the range or the bridge voltage 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions 2 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted Module front View 5 43 2 1 Floating common Sense positive bridge voltage sensing Shuntcal negative shunt signal Shuntcal positive shunt signal Sense positive bridge voltage sensing Bridge negative bridge voltage Input negative measurement signal Input positive measurement signal Bridge positive bridge voltage WARNING Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum in
156. e overvoltage tolerance between the low and high sides is different Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur I 6 28 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Universal Voltage Temp Module 701261 Universal Voltage Temp Module with AAF 701262 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Function Temperature thermocouple or voltage measurement switchable Effective measurement range Voltage measurement 20 div display range 10 div Number of input channels 2 Input coupling TC DC AC and GND TC Temperature thermocouple measurement DC Voltage measurement DC coupling AC Voltage measurement AC coupling Voltage measurement maximum sample rate 100 kS s Temperature measurement data update rate Input format 500 Hz Isolated unbalanced Measurement range accuracy Thermocouple standa
157. e sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to connect the GND lead of the differential probe 700924 700925 to the DL850E DL850EV 6 22 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation Module 701251 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 8096 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Effective measurement range 20 div 10 div around 0 V display range 10 div when Variable is OFF 2 Number of input channels Input coupling AC DC and GND Maximum sample rate 1 MS s Input format Isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics 7 3 dB point when a sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied 5 mV div to 20 V div 2 mV div and 1mV div DC to 300 kHz DC to 200 kHz 1 mV div to 20 V div 1 2 5 steps when using 1 1 probe attenuation Voltage axis sensitivity setting Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 2 Combined with the 701901701954 1 1 4 600 V DC ACpeak 140 V DC ACpeak Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards
158. e to access the features that are written in purple below each key The shift key illuminates when the keys are shifted Pressing the key again clears the shifted condition SNAPSHOT CLEAR TRACE UTILITY Note Press SHIFT and then CLEAR TRACE to switch from remote mode to local mode For details see the communication interface user s manual Notes about Using of Knobs The vertical POSITION ZOOM MAG and ZOOM POSITION knobs have push switches Push the knobs straight If you push a knob at an angle it may not operate properly If this happens push the knob straight one more time CAUTION Do not push the knob sideways with strong force Doing so may break the knobs IM DL850E 03EN 1 3 1 3 Screens Screens Normal Waveform Display The setup channel and its vertical scale and position Display record length Voltage axis scale value Sample rate Trigger position Acquisition mode See the explanation below Channel number of i E past 0 div saa Asoc TIME DIV the display range TEM F Channel number of the displayed waveform Record Length 10k Trigger level Acquisition Mode Vertical position Trigger Mode Ground level Setup The display Is ae 348 Acquisition Count menu inverted when j a Infinite Invert is set to
159. eck the specified trigger conditions You can set the trigger source to an analog signal logic signal realtime math signal time external signal or power line signal Select the appropriate trigger source for the trigger type Trigger Level Trigger level refers to the signal level used as a reference for detecting a signal s rising and falling edges or high and low states With simple triggers such as the edge trigger the DL850E DL850EV triggers when the trigger source level passes through the specified trigger level The range and resolutions that you can use to set the trigger level vary depending on the type of signal being measured Trigger Slope Slope refers to the movement of the signal from a low level to a high level rising edge or from a high level to a low level falling edge When a slope is used as one of the trigger conditions it is called a trigger slope Trigger Hysteresis When the trigger source is an analog signal you can set a width hysteresis to the trigger level so that the DL850E DL850EV does not detect edges when the signal level changes within the specified width You can set the hysteresis around the trigger level for each type of measured signal Trigger Hold off The trigger hold off feature temporarily stops the detection of the next trigger once a trigger has occurred This feature is useful in cases when you want to change the waveform acquisition interval such as when you are observing a PCM pulse code mod
160. ed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 701250 HS10M12 High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation Module 701251 HS1M16 High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module 701255 NONISO 10M12 Acceleration Voltage Module with AAF 701275 ACCL VOLT Frequency Module 701280 FREQ OW YN c y V 0 WA NN Ne N eh IN S XS T YA Ne WORX GES X OQ V eX AW OWS W WII KR Cy N A When connecting a device under measurement to the instrument be sure to turn off the device It is extremely dangerous to connect or remove measurement leads while the device under measurement is on Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Modules Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To avoid electric shock be sure to ground the instrument To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical protection function and the mechanical protection function will not be activated Donotleave the instrument connected to devices in an environment that may be subject to voltage surges Use only specified cables It is extremely dangerous to use cables that do not meet the safety standards Especially when you are handling high voltages of 42 V or more e When measuring high voltages using the 720210 HS100M12 701250
161. ed according to the measurement range and input period Definition of measurement accuracy 0 05 of 10 div accuracy dependent on the input period Accuracy dependent on the input period Input period of 500 us or greater Input period of 100 us to 500 us Input period of 50 us to 100 us Input period of 50 us or less When in duty cycle measurement mode Dependent on the input frequency 0 03 Hz 0 01 Hz resolution 0 3 Hz 0 01 Hz resolution 0 05 of the input period 0 196 of the input period 0 396 of the input period 0 5 of the input period 0 1 us Input frequency of 1 kHz or less 0 1 Input frequency of 1 kHz to 10 kHz 0 2 Input frequency of 10 kHz to 50 kHz 1 0 Input frequency of 50 kHz to 100 kHz 2 0 Input frequency of 100 kHz to 200 kHz 4 0 When in pulse width measurement mode Measurement accuracy is specified according to the measurement range and input pulse width Definition of measurement accuracy 0 05 of 10 div accuracy dependent on the input pulse width Accuracy dependent on the input pulse width Input pulse width of 500 us or greater 0 0596 of the input pulse width Input pulse width of 100 us to 500 us 0 196 of the input pulse width Input pulse width of 50 us to 100 ps 0 396 of the input pulse width Input pulse width of 50 us or less 0 596 of the input pulse width 0 1 us Input voltage range FS When using 1 1 probe attenuation 1 V 2 V 5 V 10 V 20 V 50
162. ed from previous page Time div 6h 7h 8h 9h 10h 12h 1 day 2 days 3 days 4 days 5 days 6 days 8 days 10 days Record Length 2 5 Mpoint 5 Mpoint 10 Mpoint 25 Mpoint 50 Mpoint Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Length Points 5 5 Length Points 5 5 Length Points 5 5 Length Points When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode When the Record Length Is 100 Mpoint 250 Mpoint 500 Mpoint 1 Gpoint or 2 Gpoint Record Length 100 Mpoint 250 Mpoint 500 Mpoint 1 Gpoint 2 Gpoint Time div Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record 5 5 Length 5 5 Length 5 5 Length 5 5 Length 5 5 Length Points Points Points Points Points 100 ns 100 M 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 100 M 100 200 ns 100 M 200 100 M 200 100 M 200 100 M 200 100 M 200 500 ns 100 M 500 100 M 500 100 M 500 100 M 500 100 M 500 1us 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 100 M 1k 2 us 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 100 M 2k 5 us 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 100 M 5k 10 us 100 M 10k 100 M 10k 100 M 10
163. ed simultaneously the dual zoom feature This feature is useful when you set a long acquisition time and want to observe a portion of the waveform closely Main window normal time domain waveform Zoom box 1 Zoom box 2 ae F T Zoom1 window gt Zoom2 window DIUI i T can display the zoomed waveforms Zoom1 and Zoom2 of two locations Displaying X Y Waveforms You can observe the correlation between two waveform signal levels by displaying one signal level on the X axis horizontal axis and a second signal level on the Y axis vertical axis You can display X Y waveforms at the same time as normal T Y time and signal level waveforms You can display up to four overlapping X Y waveforms in both Window1 and Window2 Because multiple X Y waveforms can be displayed it is easy to compare the relationships between phases You can use this feature to evaluate DC motors using Lissajous waveforms Snapshot You can continue displaying a waveform on the screen as a snapshot waveform after the screen has been updated and the waveform has been cleared in update mode or after the waveform has left the screen in roll mode Snapshot waveforms appear in white You can compare them with new waveforms You can also save and print snapshot waveforms as screen captures D Ne Snapshot waveform Displayed in white Updated waveform b IM DL850E 03EN 2 9 2 5
164. ee section 19 4 Viewing System Information Overview in the user s manual 3 6 IM DL850E 03EN 3 3 Installing Input Modules Note You can install up to four 720210 modules and these modules must be installed in the top slots e You can install a total of two 720240 CAN bus monitor modules CAN MONITOR and 720241 CAN amp LIN bus monitor modules CAN amp LIN These monitor modules can only be installed in slots 7 and 8 Removal 1 Make sure that the instrument s power switch is off 2 Loosen the two screws that are fastened to the input module 3 Hold the two handles at the top and bottom of the input module and pull it out About the High speed 100 MS s 12 bit Isolated Module Safety Precautions for Laser Products The High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 720210 HS100M12 uses an internal laser light source The 720210 HS100M12 is a class 1 laser product as defined by IEC60825 1 Safety of Laser Products Part1 Equipment Classification High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 720210 HS100M12 The following information is printed on the side CAUTION CLASS 3R INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE Complies with 21 CFR 1040 10 and 1040 11 CUBB SA S Yokogawa Meters amp Instruments Corporation Tachhi Bldg No 2 6 1 3 Sakaecho Tachikawa shi Tokyo 190 8586 Japan DL850E DL850EV The following information is pri
165. een shipping since February 4 1998 Cables 366926 shipped before this date cannot be used in combination with the DL850E DL850EV input modules IM DL850E 03EN Checking the Contents of the Package Isolated probe Isolated probe Current probe Current probe Current probe 10 1 passive probe 700929 A 701947 P 701933 701930 701931 701940 1 1 BNC safety Measurement lead adapter lead 7589331 7019011 Differential probe 700924 Alligator clip Safety miniclip Alligator clip adapter Alligator clip adapter Fork terminal Cable dolphin type hook type rated 300 V rated 1000 V adapter 366926 701954 701959 758922 758929 758921 3 Banana alligator High speed logic probe Isolated logic probe Logic probes Isolated logic 702911 1 702912 3 m measurement lead clip cable 700986 A 700987 758917 External I O cable Safety cable Safety cable Safety Probe power supply 720911 1 m 701902 2 m 701903 BNC to banana 701934 adapter 16 CH scanner box Cable Cable 26 Bridgehead Bridgehead Bridgehead 7019532 705926 1m 705927 3m 701955 NDIS 120 701956 NDIS 350 701957 DSUB 120 Soft carrying case Bridgehead DC power cable DC power cable GPS antenna 701963 701958 DSUB 350 Cigarette lighter plug type Alligator clip type A1058ER 701970 2 Plug on clip Long test clip 701948 701906 a 1 The 1 1 BNC safety adapter lead 701901 and the measurement lead 758933
166. eet onto the three hooks on the left side Then bend the panel sheet slightly and hook it onto the three hooks on the right side b N Panel sheet attachment hook IM DL850E 03EN 3 41 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 18 Loading Roll Paper into the Built In Printer Optional This section explains how to load roll paper into the optional built in printer Printer Roll Paper Only use roll paper specifically made for use with the DL850E DL850EV series The DL850E DL850EV comes with one set of roll paper included Use this when you first load roll paper into the built in printer When you need a new supply of roll paper please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Part Number B9988AE Specifications Heat sensitive paper 10 m Minimum Quantity 10 rolls Handling Roll Paper The roll paper is made of heat sensitive paper that changes color thermochemically Please read the following information carefully Storage Precautions The heat sensitive paper changes color gradually at temperatures of approximately 70 or higher The paper can be affected by heat humidity light and chemicals whether something has been recorded on it As such please follow the guidelines listed below Store the paper in a cool dry and dark place Usethe paper as quickly as possible after you break its protective seal f you attach a plastic film that contains plasticizing material such as
167. efore you connect to the device under measurement When using the 701255 NONISO 10M12 be sure to fasten the module screws Fastening the module screws activates the protection function and the non isolation function It is extremely dangerous if you do not fasten the screws Also when you measure high voltages above 42 V be sure to use the passive probe the 701940 The BNC portion of the passive probe 701940 is metal so if you use it with isolated input the 701250 HS10M12 701251 HS1M16 etc for safety be sure to only use it with voltages at or below 42 V Do not connect voltage above 42 V to both the High and Low sides For non isolated inputs 701255 NONISO 10M12 etc fasten the module screws as described before When you apply high voltages to the 701267 HV with RMS use a measurement lead 758933 and alligator clip 701954 The measurement category of the 701267 HV with RMS is 400V CAT II on the low side and 700V CAT II on the high side Use caution because the overvoltage tolerance differs between the low and high sides Measurement Category The measurement category of this instrument s signal input terminals varies depending on the modules that are installed Use the instrument within the scope of the measurement category that corresponds to the module specifications Do not use the instrument outside the scope of the measurement category that corresponds to the module specifications Installation Loc
168. et the DL850E DL850EV triggers when the trigger B conditions are first met Time 0 to 10 s resolution 10 ns Condition A Enter Exit Condition B Enter Exit Edge on A While the trigger A conditions are met the DL850E DL850EV triggers on the OR of multiple trigger source edges Condition A True False AND The DL850E DL850EV triggers on the AND of multiple state conditions OR The DL850E DL850EV triggers on the OR of multiple trigger source edges or states or Window triggers Pulse Width B gt Time The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the time from when the trigger conditions are met to when they change from being met to not being met is greater than the specified time Time 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns B Time The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the time from when the trigger B conditions are met to when they change from being met to not being met is less than the specified time Time 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns B Time Out The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the trigger B conditions continue to be met for the specified period of time Time 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns B Between The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the period during which the trigger B conditions continue to be met is within the specified time range Time T1 10 ns to 9 99999999 s T2 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns Period The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the period meets one of the following conditions T gt Time The DL850E DL850EV triggers w
169. fect the output value of the acceleration sensors By default the bias current on the acceleration sensors is turned off Be sure to turn it on before using the acceleration sensors Bias current is valid only when measuring acceleration When measuring other parameters it is automatically turned off The bias current on off setting is saved when the DL850E DL850EV is turned off IM DL850E 03EN 3 31 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 12 Connecting Sensors to the Frequency Module Sensors and Signal Output Sources That Can Be Connected The table below shows the sensor and signal output source that can be connected Appropriate input presets are provided for each sensor and signal output source For information about presets see Input Setup in section 1 7 Configuring Frequency Revolution Period Duty Cycle Power Supply Frequency Pulse Width Pulse Integration and Velocity Measurements in the user s manual Sensor and Signal Output Source Preset Name 5 V logic signal 5 V output sensor and sensor with TTL output Logic 5V 3 V logic signal and 3 V output sensor Logic 3V 12 V driven relay sequence circuit and 12 V driven sensor Logic 12V 24 V driven relay sequence circuit and 24 V driven sensor Logic 24V Sensor Encoder that outputs positive and negative voltages and sensor that outputs sine waves ZeroCross 100 VAC power supply connected via the isolated probe 700929 AC100V 200 VAC
170. format IIR Butterworth Filter type LPF HPF BPF Filter order 4 LPF Cutoff frequency 300 kHz to 2 Hz Resolution 300 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 0 3 kHz in steps of 20 Hz Resolution 298 Hz to 2 Hz in steps of 2 Hz HPF Cutoff frequency 300 kHz to 20 Hz Resolution 300 kHz to 30 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 29 8 kHz to 3 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 2 98 kHz to 20 Hz in steps of 20 Hz BPF Center frequency 300 kHz to 60 Hz Resolution 300 kHz to 12 kHz in steps of 2 kHz Resolution 11 8 kHz to 1 2 kHz in steps of 200 Hz Resolution 1 18 kHz to 60 Hz in steps of 20 Hz Bandwidth 200 150 100 50 20 15 10 5 2 1 5 1 kHz 500 200 100 Hz there are limits based on the center frequency Cutoff characteristic 24 dB Oct Phase Nonlinear phase characteristics IIR Lowpass filter Filter format IIR Butterworth Filter type LPF Filter order 4 Cutoff frequency 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1 KHz 500 250 125 62 5 Hz no limits based on the sample rate suoneoyi2ods Interpolation Interpolation can be turned on and off for each channel Delay Delay can be set for each channel Delay 100 ns to 10 ms Delay resolution 100 ns to 100 us in steps of 100 ns 101 us to 1 ms in steps of 1 us 1 01 ms to 10 ms in steps of 10 us Real Time Math Math rate Max math rate 10 MS s or 1 MS s for pol
171. ge probe that is not an isolated probe the 700929 or 701947 and whose attenuation is not 1 1 10 1 100 1 or 1000 1 the correct measured values cannot be displayed Follow the instructions given in section 1 1 Configuring Voltage Measurements in the user s manual to set the probe attenuation type to match the actual value using the setup menu If they do not match measured values cannot be read correctly Connecting Current Probes When using current probes made by YOKOGAWA use the probe power supply optional on the right side panel of the DL850E DL850EV YOKOGAWA current probes the 700937 701930 701931 and 701933 For details on the connection procedure see the manual that came with the current probe CAUTION Do not use the probe power supply terminals optional on the right side panel of the DL850E DL850EV for purposes other than supplying power to the current probes Also be sure to use only the number of probes allowed Otherwise the DL850E DL850EV or the devices connected to them may get damaged IM DL850E 03EN 3 17 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 5 Connecting Probes Precautions to Be Taken When Using Current Probes When connecting the current probe to the probe power supply terminal on the right side panel make sure that the current does not exceed the range shown below Otherwise the DL850E DL850EV operation may become unstable due to the activation of the ex
172. h and Sample Rate App 1 Appendix 2 Relationship between the Record Length and the Acquisition Mode App 19 Appendix Default Values rrr teen ite e n EHE XE FE Ene Rea epe App 22 Appendix 4 USB Keyboard Key Assignments sss enne App 27 Appendix 5 Block Diagrams ie rp REPE eed ends App 29 A Appendix 6 High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS 701260 lefeueeniB e m App 31 IM DL850E 03EN xix Chapter 1 Names and Functions of Parts 1 1 Panel Front Panel Right Side Panel and Left Side Panel Top Panel Handle Vent Built in printer optional You can print the display IM DL850E 03EN syed Jo suonoun pue 1 1 Top Panel Front Panel Right Side Panel and Left Side Panel Front Panel Soft keys Use to select items on the setup menus that appear during configuration ESC key LCD Use to clear setup menus and pop up menus Description of the displayed contents Section 1 3 Jog shuttle Use to change values and move cursors YOKOBAWA pLestE Scope Comin Turn the shuttle ring to vary the rate at i y which values change The rate is based on the shuttle ring angle Setup and execution keys and knobs Explanation Section 1 2
173. he connector comes loose Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Modules To prevent the possibility of electric shock always connect measurement leads that match the voltage range that you are measuring to the signal input terminals of the 701261 UNIVERSAL 701262 UNIVERSAL AAF 701267 HV with RMS and 701265 TEMP HPV When measuring high voltages using the 701267 HV with RMS use a measurement lead 758933 and alligator clip 701954 Maximum Input Voltages and Maximum Allowable Common Mode Voltages for the Modules Applying a voltage exceeding the value indicated below may damage the input section If the frequency is above 1 kHz damage may occur even when the voltage is below this value Forthe 701261 701262 and 701265 e Maximum input voltage across the input terminals and 1 1 at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage across the input terminals or L and earth at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms 3 22 IM DL850E 03EN 3 7 Connecting Measurement Leads Forthe 701267 HV with RMS Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Combination of 758933 measurement leads and 701954 alligator clips 850 V DC ACpeak Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Combination of 758933 mea
174. he permission of YOKOGAWA is strictly prohibited The TCP IP software of this product and the documents concerning it have been developed created by YOKOGAWA based on the BSD Networking Software Release 1 that has been licensed from the Regents of the University of California Trademarks Microsoft Internet Explorer MS DOS Windows Windows NT Windows XP and Windows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Adobe and Acrobat are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated PIEZOTRON is a registered Trademark of Kistler Instrumente AG PCB and ICP are registered trademarks of PCB Group Inc Isotron is a registered trademark of Meggitt Group PLC VJE is a registered trademark of Yahoo Japan Corporation GIGAZoom ENGINE is a registered trademark of Yokogawa Electric Corporation In this manual the TM and symbols do not accompany their respective registered trademark or trademark names Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders 1st Edition December 2013 YMI All Rights Reserved Copyright 2013 Yokogawa Meters amp Instruments Corporation IM DL850E 03EN Revisions 1st Edition December 2013 IM DL850E 03EN Regarding the Conventional DL850 DL850V The DL850E DL850EV manuals also cover how to use the conventional DL850 DL850V firmware vers
175. he trigger position the time at the trigger position Internal trigger Internal trigger Output delay 1 Output delay EM Trigger output H Trigger output or Output hold time Output hold time Low Level and High Level Hold Times In normal mode Trigger occurrence Trigger occurrence Trigger output Post trigger time Trigger Pre Y Post Trigger Pre YPost Waveform acquisition 5 2 IM DL850E 03EN 5 3 External Clock Input EXT CLK IN A CAUTION Only apply signals that meet the following specifications Signals that do not meet the specifications may damage the DL850E DL850EV because of factors such as excessive voltage External clock input terminal NEXT CLKIN Use this terminal to operate the DL850E DL850EV using an external clock signal reuBis jeu1o x3 BH Item Specifications Connector type BNC Input level TTL 0 to 5 V Detected edge Rising Minimum pulse width 50 ns or more for both high and low External clock frequency range Up to 9 5 MHz Circuit Diagram for External Clock Input 5V Equivalent 4 7 to LCX14 1000 l S gt EXT CLK IN gt 100 pF IM DL850E 03EN 5 3 5 4 Video Signal Output VIDEO OUT XGA CAUTION Only connect the DL850E DL850EV to a monitor after turning both the DL850E DL850EV and the monitor off Donotshort the VIDEO OUT terminal or apply external voltage to it Doing so may d
176. hen the period of the trigger T conditions is longer than the specified time Time 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns T Time The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the period of the trigger T conditions is less than the specified time Time 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns T1 T T2 The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the period of the trigger T conditions is within the specified time range Time T1 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns T2 30 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns T T1 T2 T The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the period of the trigger T conditions is outside of the specified time range Time T1 20 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns T2 30 ns to 10 s resolution 10 ns Window The DL850E DL850EV triggers when the trigger source enters or exits the range of two specified levels The DL850E DL850EV can trigger on the OR of the window triggers of multiple channels Wave Window This trigger is for monitoring power supplies The DL850E DL850EV creates templates in real time by comparing 1 2 or 4 cycles directly preceding the current waveforms using a tolerance value compares the current waveforms to the real time templates and triggers if one of the current waveforms falls outside of its real time template The trigger A and B conditions can be set to High Low or Don t Care for each channel The AND of the conditions the parallel pattern is used to determine the result For OR and AND the condition can be set to High Low IN
177. here are two types of terminal tips Use the tip with a small diameter for the protective grounding terminal 1 Remove the two screws from the DC power connector 2 Press the latch pawl in the direction of the arrow as shown and remove the connector case Take out the cable cover that is stored in the connector Connector case x Latch 9 Cable retainer 3 Remove the two cable retainer screws 4 Runthe cable through the cable cover 5 Solder the power cable to the three terminal tips provided Solder the protective grounding cable to the tip with the small diameter Terminal tip CN N Power Cable 3 10 IM DL850E 03EN 3 4 Connecting to a Power Supply and Turning the Power Switch On and Off 6 Insert the terminal tips into the terminal block as shown in the figure The connector numbers and power polarities are listed below Terminal block L Tip with a large diameter Terminal No Signal 1 Positive ad Tip with a small diameter 2 Protective ground 3 Negative WN N Negative GND Positive 7 Replace the attachment screws with the supplied long screws as necessary You can remove the attachment screws by pulling the screws in the direction of the arrow 8 Attach the cable to the connector Set the chip mount flange and cable cover flange in the connector case grooves Secure the cable in place using the cable retainer Attachment screw
178. hrough the screen or to move the cursor in the table of contents or index turn the jog shuttle Moving to the Link Destination To move to a description that relates to blue text or to move from the table of contents or index to the corresponding description move the cursor to the appropriate blue text or item and press SET Displaying Panel Key Descriptions With help displayed press a panel key to display an explanation of it Returning to the Previous Screen To return to the previous screen press RESET Hiding Help Press the help key to clear help 4 16 IM DL850E 03EN Chapter5 X External Signal I O 5 1 External Trigger Input TRIGGER IN A CAUTION Only apply signals that meet the following specifications Signals that do not meet the specifications may damage the DL850E DL850EV because of factors such as excessive voltage External Trigger Input Terminal A TRIGGER This terminal is used when an external signal is used as the trigger source reuBis jeu1o x3 BH Item Specifications Connector type BNC Input level TTL 0 to 5 V Minimum pulse width 100 ns Logic Rising and falling edges Trigger delay time Within 100 ns 1 sample period Externally synchronized operation Possible through the connection of the TRIG IN and TRIG OUT terminals of two DL850E DL850EVs Circuit Diagram and Timing Chart for External Trigger Input 5 V 1 Minimum pulse width Equivalent
179. ications A CAUTION Correct measurements cannot be obtained when the positive and negative thermocouple leads are connected in reverse mmediately after connecting the thermocouple the heat balance may be disturbed at the input terminal section and may cause measurement errors Therefore wait about ten minutes before making a measurement n an environment where the air from the air conditioning is directly applied to the input terminals or where there are effects from a heat source the heat balance may be disturbed at the input terminal section and cause measurement errors When making measurements in this type of environment take preventive measures such as changing the position I 6 50 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Logic Input Module 720230 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating Ambient temperature 23 5 C conditions Ambient humidity 20 to 8096 RH Number of input ports 2 Number of input bits 8 bits per port Maximum sample rate 10 MS s Input format Use a non isolated dedicated probe automatic detection Compatible probes 700986 non isolated 8 bit input 700987 isolated 8 bit input 702911 non isolated 8 bit input 702912 non isolated 8 bit input Chatter suppression time Off 5 ms 10 ms 20 ms 50 ms and 100 ms settings CAUTION Applying a voltage greater than the limits listed below may damage the logic probe or the instr
180. igator clip x 2 For measuring low voltage less than or equal to 42 Vpeak Voltage probe 10 1 passive probe 701940 17 to 46 pF For measuring 600 V DC ACpeak or less Current probe power can be supplied from the DL850E DL850EV 700937 15 A 701930 150 A 701931 500 A 701933 30 A Sensor supply current voltage OFF 4 mA x 10 approx 22 VDC Applicable acceleration sensor Built in amplifier type Kistler Instrument Corporation Piezotron PCB Piezotronics Incorporated ICP ENDEVCO Corporation ISOTRON etc IM DL850E 03EN 6 37 suoneoyi2oods Hu 6 13 Module Specifications Item Specifications Table of Cutoff Frequency When the filter is set to Auto the anti aliasing filter and low pass filter are automatically set Characteristics of the Anti according to the sample rate Aliasing Fei MAE Sample Rate AAF Low pass filter 100 kS s 40 kHz OFF 50 kS s 20 kHz OFF 20 kS s 8 kHz OFF 10 kS s 4 kHz 4 kHz 5 kS s 2 kHz 4 kHz 2 kS s 800 Hz 4 kHz 1 kS s 400 Hz 400 Hz 500 S s 200 Hz 400 Hz 200 5 5 80 Hz 400 Hz 100 S s 40 Hz 40Hz 50 S s 20Hz 40Hz 20 S s to 5 S s 20Hz 40Hz 2 S s or less 20 Hz 40 Hz Ext sample 40 kHz OFF 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions Combined with the 10 1 passive probe Direct input cable that does not comply 701940 with the safety standards 8 O 2 BNC 2 3 3 4 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted A
181. imes the maximum div value Frequency 0 Hz to 200 kHz RPMs 0 rpm to 50 krpm RPSs 0 rps to 1000 rps Period Osto50s Duty cycle 096 to 100 Pulse width 0510505 Pulse integration 1 0000x10 to 1 0000x10 Velocity 1 0000x10 to 1 0000 1022 IM DL850E 03EN 6 43 suoneoyioods Bu 6 13 Module Specifications High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 720210 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Effective measurement range 20 div display range 10 div Number of input channels 2 Input coupling AC DC and GND Maximum sample rate 100 MS s Input format Isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics 7 3 dB point when sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied DC to 20 MHz Voltage axis sensitivity setting 10 mV div to 20 V div 1 2 5 steps when using 1 1 probe attenuation Maximum input voltage Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 2 1000 V DC ACpeak CAT II at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 200 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common Working voltage of safety standard mode voltage Combined with the 700929 10 1 or 701947 100 1 3 at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 1000 Vrms CAT 11 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V
182. influence on the magnetic field 6 Surge immunity 1 kV between lines 2 kV common criteria B 7 Voltage dip and interruption 1 cycle 100 criteria B Other tests criteria C Definitions of criteria Criteria A During testing influence in the immunity environment described above is met Criteria B The instrument continues to function and is controllable throughout testing The instrument does not change operation modes and data changes do not persist Criteria C Temporary losses of functionality such as measurement stopping etc recovered from through the intervention of the operator The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted If the 701260 module is inserted into the DL850E DL850EV it will not comply with safety standard EN61010 1 2010 or EN61010 2 030 2010 The overvoltage category installation category is a value used to define the transient overvoltage condition and includes the rated impulse withstand voltage Category applies to electric equipment whose power is supplied from a circuit that incorporates withstand voltage control Category Il applies to electrical equipment that is powered through a fixed installation such as a switchboard The measurement category of this instrument s signal input terminals varies depending on the modules that are installed Use the instrument within the scope of the measurement category that corresponds to the module specifications Do not
183. inutes after the power is turned on Compatible antenna Active antenna 3 3 V power supply A1058ER standard accessory 1 The figure is based on results obtained when the GPS antenna is installed in a location with good line of sight to GPS satellites The accuracy may not be attained depending on the measurement location the location of satellites when the measurement is taken the weather and influence caused by obstruction IM DL850E 03EN reuBis jeu1o x3 BH Chapter 6 Specifications 6 1 Signal Input Section Item Specifications Type Plug in input unit Number of slots 8 Maximum number of input 16 channels per slot 128 channels per unit when a 16 CH voltage input module is installed in each channels slot Maximum record length The maximum length when all channels are being used depends on the number of channels in each module The maximum values when the entire memory is used are listed below Standard 250 Mpoint when 1 channel is being used 10 Mpoint per channel when 16 channels are being used M1 option 1 Gpoint when 1 channel is being used 50 Mpoint per channel when 16 channels are being used M2 option 2 Gpoint when 1 channel is being used 100 Mpoint per channel when 16 channels are being used Real Time Math channels DL850E DL850EV is equipped with 16 dedicated channels for performing computations This option enables you to perform the following computations in real time on 16
184. ion 3 0 and later In the explanations the model is indicated as DL850E DL850EV but if you are using the DL850 DL850V read DL850E DL850EV as DL850 DL850V Note that the following options are available only for the DL850E DL850EV They cannot be used with the DL850 DL850V Power math G5 option GPS interface C30 option IM DL850E 03EN iii Checking the Contents of the Package Unpack the box and check the contents before operating the instrument If the wrong items have been delivered if items are missing or if there is a problem with the appearance of the items contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer DL850E DL850EV Check that the product that you received is what you ordered by referring to the model name and suffix code given on the name plate on the left side panel MODEL SUFFIX NO YOKOGAWA Made in Japan MODEL Description DL850E DL850EV Main device 8 slots 250 Mpoint memory Power D UL CSA Standard power cord Part No A1006WD Maximum rated voltage 125 V F VDE Standard Power Cord Part No A1009WD Maximum rated voltage 250 V Q BS Standard Power Cord Part No A1054WD Maximum rated voltage 250 V R AS Standard Power Cord Part No A1024WD Maximum rated voltage 250 V H GB Standard Power Cord Part No A1064WD Maximum rated voltage 250 V Language HJ Japanese HE English HC Chinese HK Korean HG
185. ions Approx 9 8 kg DL750 with DC option eight High speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Modules Weight increase by the DC power option Approx 800 g Indicator function Indicates the status of the power supply to the DL850EV using two LEDs Instrument cooling method Forced air cooling Exhaust on the left side and top panel In DC mode air is vented from the left side top panel and rear panel IM DL850E 03EN 6 17 suoneoyi2oods Hu 6 12 General Specifications Item Specifications Battery backup The settings and clock are backed up with an internal lithium battery Backup battery life Approx five years at an ambient temperature of 25 Safety standard Compliant standards EN61010 1 EN61010 2 030 EN61010 031 EN 60825 1 Overvoltage category installation category II Measurement Category See the specifications of each module Pollution degree 25 Approved DL850E DL850EV 701250 701251 701255 701267 701261 701262 701265 701270 701271 701275 701280 720210 720220 720221 720230 720240 720241 700986 700987 701953 701955 701956 701957 701958 702911 702912 Bridgehead for the strain module Use the 701955 or 701956 with the 701270 and use the 701957 or 701958 with the 701271 Emissions Compliant standards EN61326 1 ClassA EN61326 2 1 EN 55011 Class A Group 1 EMC Regulatory Arrangement in Australia and New Zealand EN 55011 Class A Group 1 Korea Electr
186. ions Number of drives 1 Size 2 5 in HDD capacity used 160 GB FAT32 USB Ports for Peripherals Item Specifications Compatible USB storage devices Mass storage devices that are compliant with USB Mass Storage Class Ver 1 1 External HDD Interface HDO option Item Specifications Connection interface eSATA Number of drives 1 Usable HDD capacity 1 5 TB FAT32 6 9 USB for Peripherals Item Specifications Connector type USB type A receptacle Electrical and mechanical USB Rev 2 0 compliant specifications Supported transfer mode HS High Speed 480 Mbps FS Full Speed 12 Mbps LS Low Speed 1 5 Mbps Compatible devices Mass storage devices that are compliant with USB Mass Storage Class Ver 1 1 104 or 109 keyboards that are compliant with USB HID Class Version 1 1 Mouse devices that are compliant with USB HID Class Version 1 1 Number of ports 2 Power supply 5 V 500 mA for each port IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 suoneoyioods Hu 6 10 Auxiliary I O Section External Trigger Input TRIGGER IN Item Specifications Connector type BNC Input level TTL Minimum pulse width 100 ns Detected edge Rising or falling Trigger delay time Within 100 ns 1 sample Trigger Output TRIGGER OUT Item Specifications Connector type BNC Output level 5V CMOS Logic Low when a trigger occurs and high after acquisitio
187. k Rect Hanning Hamming FlatTop and Exponential on models with the G2 option When the Exponential time window is selected the following settings must be configured Damping rate The weight of the last data point with the weight of the first data point in the specified number of FFT points taken to be 100 1 Selectable range 1 to 10096 Resolution 196 Force Set the area over which computation is performed in terms of a percentage from the first FFT point taking the number of FFT points to be 100 Selectable range 1 to 100 Resolution 1 Force2 This setting applies to the output response signal second parameter of a two waveform FFT Selectable range 1 to 100 Resolution 1 Display window The FFT computation results are displayed in a separate window independent from the normal waveform display Display range Set the display range by setting Center and Sensitivity 6 12 IM DL850E 03EN 6 7 Built in Printer Item Specifications Print system Thermal line dot system Sheet width 112 mm Effective print width 104 mm 832 dots Dot density 8 dot mm Feeding direction resolution 8 dot mm Used for Producing a hard copy of the screen 6 8 Storage SD Memory Card Item Specifications Number of slots 1 Maximum capacity 16 GB Supported cards SD and SDHC compliant memory cards Internal HDD HD1 option Item Specificat
188. k 100 M 10k 100 M 10k 20 us 100 M 20k 100 M 20k 100 M 20k 100 M 20k 100 M 20k 50 us 100 M 50k 100 M 50k 100 M 50k 100 M 50k 100 M 50k 100 us 100 M 100 k 100 M 100 100 M 100 k 100 M 100 k 100 M 100 k 200 us 100 M 200 k 100 M 200 k 100 M 200 k 100 M 200 k 100 M 200 k 500 us 100 M 500 k 100 M 500k 100 M 500 k 100 M 500 k 100 M 500k ims 100 M 1M 100 M 1M 100 M 1M 100 M 1M 100 M 1M 2ms 100 M 2M 100 M 2M 100 M 2M 100 M 2M 100 M 2M 5ms 100 M 5M 100 M 5M 100 M 5M 100 M 5M 100 M 5M 10 ms 100 M 10M 100 M 10M 100 M 10M 100 M 10M 100 M 10M 20 ms 100 M 20M 100 M 20M 100 M 20M 100 M 20M 100 M 20M 50 ms 100 M 50M 100 M 50M 100 M 50M 100 M 50M 100 M 50M 100 ms 200 ms 500 ms 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode Continued on next page App 4 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate Continued from previous page Record Length 100 Mpoint 250 Mpoint 500 Mpoint 1 Gpoint 2 Gpoint Time div Sample Display Sample i Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s 5 5 Length S s Length S s Length Points i Points Points Points 6s 1 2G 8s 1 6G 10s 2G 20s 2G 30s 1 5G 1 min 126 2 126 3 min 1 8G 4 min 1 2G 5 min 1 5G 6 mi
189. l Normal Single N Single or On Start Selectable trigger level range 0 10 div Trigger hysteresis When measuring Select from 0 1 div 0 5 div and 1 div voltage When measuring Select from 0 5 C 1 0 and 2 0 C temperature When measuring Select from 2 5 12 5 and 25 strain When measuring Select from 0 1 div 0 5 div and 1 div acceleration When measuring Select from 0 01 div 0 5 div and 1 div frequency Selectable trigger position range 0 to 100 of the display record length resolution 0 196 Selectable trigger delay 0 to 10 s resolution 10 ns range Selectable hold off time 0 to 10 s resolution 10 ns range Manual trigger key A dedicated manual trigger key can be used IM DL850E 03EN 6 1 6 1 Signal Input Section Item Specifications Simple trigger Trigger source CHn select an input channel EXT LINE or Time Trigger slope Rising falling or rising or falling Time trigger Date year month and day time hour and minute and time interval 10 seconds to 24 hours Enhanced trigger Trigger source CHn select an input channel Trigger type A gt B N After the trigger A conditions are met the DL850E DL850EV triggers when the trigger B conditions are met N times Count 1 to 10000 Condition A Enter Exit Condition B Enter Exit A Delay B After the specified amount of time elapses after the trigger A conditions are m
190. l ground terminal A probe m NY a WX IN XS Pe N Line TM Ned Ve TX AY NN QN Y Functional ground terminal S C W Probe compensation signal output terminal N Phase adjustment hole Follow the instructions in section 4 5 Performing Auto Setup to perform auto setup on the Insert a screwdriver into the phase adjustment hole and turn the variable capacitor so that the displayed waveform is an appropriate square wave Necessity of Phase Correction of the Probe If the probe s input capacitance is not within the appropriate range the gain will not be steady in relation to the frequency and waveforms will not be displayed correctly Also because the input capacitance is not the same for each probe the probe s have variable capacitors trimmers that need to be adjusted This adjustment is referred to as phase correction Always correct the phase of a probe that you are using for the first time Also because the appropriate input capacitance range is different for each channel you need to perform phase correction when you change the channel that a probe is connected to 3 20 IM DL850E 03EN 3 6 Correcting the Probe Phase Phase Compensation Signal The instrument generates the following square wave signal from the COMP signal output terminal Frequency 1 kHz 1 Computation 1
191. limits listed below may damage the logic probe or the instrument For frequencies above 1 kHz damage may occur even if the voltage is less than the limits listed below Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Logic probes 702911 and 702912 35 V High speed logic probe 700986 42 V DC ACpeak 700987 isolated logic probe 250 Vrms however ACpeak must be less than 350 V and DC must be less than 250 V Forlogic probes 702911 and 702912 and high speed logic probe 700986 the eight input lines of a single pod share the same ground Also the instrument s ground and the grounds of each pod are connected Do not apply signals with different common voltages to each input line Doing so may damage the instrument connected logic probes and connected devices The input terminals of an isolated logic probe are isolated from each other and from the DL850E DL850EV Turn off the DL850E DL850EV before you connect or remove a 26 pin connector from the logic signal input connector Donotstack the isolated logic probes during use Also allow enough space around the probes to avoid a temperature increase inside the probes Donotuse the YOKOGAWA 700985 logic probe with the DL850E DL850EV The 700985 is shaped so that it can be connected to the logic signal input connector of the DL850E DL850EV but it is not electrically compatible with the DL850E DL850EV so connecting the two could damage the DL850E DL850EV or the 700985
192. ll by the plug If the power cord is damaged contact your dealer for replacement Refer to page iv for the part number to use when placing an order General Handling Precautions Do Not Place Objects on Top of the Instrument Never place other instruments or objects containing water on top of the instrument otherwise a breakdown may occur Do Not Apply Shock or Vibration Do not apply shock or vibration Doing so may damage the instrument Extra caution is needed for the optional internal hard disk because it is sensitive to vibration and shock Shocks to the input connectors or probes may turn into electrical noise and enter the instrument via the signal lines Do Not Damage the LCD Since the LCD screen is very vulnerable and can be easily scratched do not allow any sharp objects near it Also it should not be exposed to vibrations and shocks Unplug during Extended Non Use Unplug the power cord from the outlet IM DL850E 03EN 3 1 sjueuiaJnseo N JO Bulye 3 1 Handling Precautions When Carrying the Instrument Remove the power cord and connecting cables When moving the instrument use the handle as shown below or carry it with both hands P a Y X D CON Ne NE e WX N ay V gt x DN Ms CY D A y Ne S Ve QA Y NS YO V See WHY A LX m
193. lue div 1 2 5 range total of 123 ranges Set the amount of displacement per pulse and compute the velocity from the frequency Automatic unit time conversion of s min and hour 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 6 42 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Functional Specifications Item Specifications Deceleration prediction Computes the deceleration condition in realtime when the pulse input is cut off Can be specified when measuring the frequency RPMs RPSs period and velocity Stop prediction Sets the frequency to 0 after a certain time elapses after the pulse input is cut off Stop interval setting Set in the range of 1 5 to 10 times 10 settings the period of the pulse measured last Can be specified when measuring the frequency RPMs RPSs period and velocity Smoothing Computes the moving average of the measured data using the specified time Specified time 0 1 to 1000 ms 0 1 ms resolution Can be specified on all measurement parameters Pulse average Performs frequency measurement per specified number of pulses When fluctuation exists periodically in the pulse interval the fluctuation can be eliminated Specified number of pulses 1 to 4096 Can be specified when measuring the frequency RPMs RPSs power supply frequency period pulse integration and velocity Offset function Observe fluctuation with respect to the offset frequency Offset range Can be set up to 1000 t
194. lug is removed the instrument stores the current settings in its memory This means that if you turn the power switch on and begin measurement the instrument will perform measurements using the settings from immediately before the instrument was last turned off Note The instrument stores the settings using an internal lithium battery The battery lasts for approximately five years when the ambient temperature is 23 C When the lithium battery voltage falls below a specified value and you turn on the power a message error 907 appears on the screen If this message appears frequently you need to replace the battery soon Do not try to replace the battery yourself Contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer to have the battery replaced To Make Accurate Measurements After turning on the power switch wait at least 30 minutes to allow the instrument to warm up Perform calibration after the instrument has warmed up see section 4 7 for details If auto calibration is turned on auto calibration is executed when you change the Time div setting or start waveform acquisition IM DL850E 03EN 3 13 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 5 Connecting Probes Connecting Probes Connect the probes or other input cables such as BNC cables to any of the input terminals of the following modules The input impedance is 1 MO 1 and approximately 35 pF High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 720210 HS100M12 High Spe
195. m data setup data automated measurement values and the results of statistical storage media processing can be saved IM DL850E 03EN 6 5 suoneoyi2ods Bu 6 5 Features Real Time Math Option These features are supported by firmware versions 1 30 and later of the DL850E DL850EV The following real time math operations are supported by firmware version 2 00 and later resolver IIR filter and demodulation of the pulse width modulated signal Item Specifications Math expression Real Time Math using hardware Max number of math channels 16 select analog waveform storage or Real Time Math result storage Math source channels Analog channel 1 to channel 16 multi channel modules can also be selected as math Sources Math result Digital filter 16 bits 2400 LSB div Results are converted to 16 bit values according to the scaling setting and stored in memory Math can be performed independently on each channel Math can be performed on up to 16 channels at the same time Math rate Max math rate sample rate 1 MS s The math rate is selected automatically depending on the set frequency The possible rates are 1 MS s 100 kS s 10 kS s 1 kS s and 100 S s Filter types Mean moving average Filter format FIR moving average Filter type LPF Number of moving Selectable from 2 4 8 16 32 64 and 128 average points Gauss Filter format FIR Filter type L
196. magnetic field sources Near high voltage equipment or power lines Where the level of mechanical vibration is high Onan unstable surface Installation Position Install the instrument so that it is flat or with the rear panel facing down When using the stand as shown in the bottom right figure push it out until it locks into place Push the stand back in when you store the instrument When you put away the stand be careful not to get your hand caught between the stand and the instrument Handling the stand without firmly supporting the instrument can be dangerous Please take the following precautions Only handle the stand when the instrument is on a stable surface Donot handle the stand when the instrument is tilted Do not place the instrument in any position other than those shown in the above figures Also do not stack the instrument Rubber Stoppers If the instrument is installed so that it is flat as shown in the above figure rubber stoppers can be attached to the feet to prevent the instrument from sliding One set of rubber stoppers four stoppers are included in the package 3 4 IM DL850E 03EN 3 3 Installing Input Modules WARNING To prevent electric shock and damage to the instrument be sure to turn the power off before you install or remove input modules Check that the input cable is not connected to the input terminals before installing or removi
197. must be used with one of the following accessories which are sold separately alligator clip dolphin type 701954 safety miniclip hook type 701959 alligator adapter 758922 or 758929 or fork terminal adapter 758921 2 The length of the 16 CH scanner box 701953 cable varies depending on the 16 CH scanner box suffix code IM DL850E 03EN xi Spare Parts Sold Separately The spare parts below are available for purchase separately Check that all contents are present and undamaged For information about ordering spare parts contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Name Part No Minimum Q ty Note Printer roll paper B9988AE 10 Thermo sensitive paper 111 mm x 10 m Terminal block A1800JD 1 For the 720220 input module xii IM DL850E 03EN Safety Precautions Safety Precautions This instrument is an IEC safety class instrument provided with a terminal for protective earth grounding The general safety precautions described herein must be observed during all phases of operation If the instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by the instrument may be impaired YOKOGAWA assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements The following symbols are used on this instrument AN Warning handle with care Refer to the user s manual or service manual This symbol appears on dangerous locations on the instrument which require special
198. n 1 8G 7 min 840M 8 min 960M 9 min 1 08G 10 min 1 2G 12 min 1 446 15 1 86 30 1 86 1h 1 8G 2h 1 446 3h 1 08G 4h 1 446 5h 1 8G 6h 1 08G 7h 1 266 8h 1 446 9h 1 626 10h 1 8G 12h 864 M 1 day 4 1 728 G 2 days 1 728 G 3 days i 1 296 G 4 days 1 728 5 days 864M 6 days j 1 0368G 8 days 1 3824G 10 days 1 728G 20 days 1 728G When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode IM DL850E 03EN App 5 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the Record Length Is 4 Gpoint 5 Gpoint 10 Gpoint 20 Gpoint or 50 Gpoint Time div Record Length 4 Gpoint 5 Gpoint 10 Gpoint 20 Gpoint 50 Gpoint Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points Points When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode Continued on next page App 6 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate
199. n display the date in one of the following formats 2008 09 30 year numeric month day 30 09 2008 day numeric month year 30 Sep 08 day English abbreviation of the month last two digits of the year 30 Sep 2008 day month English abbreviation year Setting the Time Difference from Greenwich Mean Time Time Diff GMT Set the time difference between the region where you are using the DL850E DL850EV and Greenwich Mean Time Selectable range 12 hours 00 minutes to 13 hours 00 minutes For example Japan standard time is ahead of GMT by 9 hours In this case set Time Hour to 9 and Minute to 00 Checking the Standard Time Using one of the methods below check the standard time of the region where you are using the DL850E DL850EV e Check the Date Time Language Regional Options on your PC e Check the standard time at the following URL http www worldtimeserver com Note The DL850E DL850EV does not support Daylight Saving Time To set the time to Daylight Saving Time reset the time difference from Greenwich Mean Time Date and time settings are backed up using an internal lithium battery They are retained even if the power is turned off The DL850E DL850EV has leap year information 4 10 IM DL850E 03EN 4 5 Performing Auto Setup The auto setup feature automatically sets the V div Time div trigger level and other settings to the most suitable values for the input signals SETUP Menu Press SE
200. n is completed Output delay Within 100 ns 1 sample Output hold time 100 ns or more External Clock Input EXT CLK IN Item Specifications Connector type BNC Input level TTL Minimum pulse width 50 ns Detected edge Rising Sampling jitter Within 100 ns 1 sample Video Signal Output VIDEO OUT Item Specifications Connector type D sub 15 pin receptacle Output format Analog RGB Output resolution XGA compliant output 1024 x 768 dots Approx 60 Hz Vsync dot clock frequency 66 MHz GO NO GO Determination I O Item Specifications Connector type RJ 11 modular jack Input level TTL or contact Output level 5 V CMOS External Start Stop Input Item Specifications Connector type RJ 11 modular jack Input level TTL or contact 6 14 IM DL850E 03EN 6 10 Auxiliary I O Section COMP Output Probe compensation signal output terminal Item Specifications Output signal frequency 1 kHz 1 Output amplitude 1 Vp p 10 Probe Power Output P4 Option Item Specifications Number of output terminals 4 Output voltage 12 Output current Upto 1A Time Sync Signal Input IRIG C20 option Item Specifications Input connector BNC Number of input connectors 1 Supported IRIG signals A002 B002 A132 and B122 Input impedance You can switch between 50 O and 5 kO Maximum input voltage 8 V Used fo
201. n the top menu Top Menu Right click to display the top menu Submenu Submenus appear for items that have them _POSITION DELAY_ START STOP ACQUIRE RIGGER DUAL CAPTURE ZIO CHANNEL SMPLE ENHANCED Ns ALL CH DISPLAY Z00M xv MATH UK E won das The setup menu that you select FFT using the mouse appears HISTORY SEARCH GO NO GO SETUP CAL FILE UTILITY HELP PRINT gt SAVE gt SNAP SHOT CLEAR TRACE MANUAL TRIG Pointer 2010 04 19 17 09 52 Note The following keys are not displayed in the top menu ESC RESET and SET IM DL850E 03EN 4 7 suoneJedo 4 3 Using USB Keyboards and Mouse Devices Setup Menu Operations Same as soft key operations Selecting a Setup Menu Item Click the setup menu item that you want to select If a selection menu appears after you select an item click the selection menu item that you want to choose If an item such as ON or OFF appears click on the item to change its setting For menu items that are usually selected using the job shuttle and the SET key clicking on the item that you want to select will confirm your selection and close the dialog box Type Click in this area to display a selection menu Clicking the selection menu item that you want to select will Marker confirm your selection Trace p Click in this area to display a menu for selecting items using the jog shuttle and SET
202. ng signals The auto setup feature may not work properly for signals that include a DC component or high frequency components Settings after the Execution of Auto Setup Waveform Acquisition and Display Settings T div START STOP Acquisition mode Acquisition count Record length Time base Real time HD recording Dual capturing Accumulation The waveform with the shortest period out of the waveforms affected by auto setup is used to set T div T div is set to the value at which 1 6 to 4 periods of the waveform can be displayed START Normal Infinite 10k Int Off Off Off Vertical axis settings V Div The value that causes the absolute values of the input waveform to be between 1 6 and 4 5 div Offset voltage OV Coupling DC Bandwidth limit FULL Display on off Channels whose absolute input voltage values reach or exceed 20 mV 1 1 are displayed except for Scan The displays of modules that are not affected by auto setup do not change DIV Scale DIV Position 0 00 div V Zoom x1 Trigger Settings Trigger mode Auto Trigger type SIMPLE Trigger source Trigger level slope The channel with the longest period out of the channels whose amplitude is 1 div or greater The level between the maximum and minimum values rising Hysteresis Low Hold off 0 0 nsec Trigger position 50 Trigger delay 0 0 usec Computation Settings Math Off The values of settings not listed here do no
203. ng the input module To prevent electric shock and to satisfy the specifications make sure to put the accessory cover plate on the slots that are not being used Using the instrument without the cover plate allows the dust to enter the instrument and may cause malfunction due to the rise in temperature inside the instrument If the input module happens to come out of the slot while it is in use it may cause electric shock or cause damage to the instrument as well as the input module Make sure to screw the input module in place at the two locations top and bottom There are protrusions in the slot Do not put your hand in the slot If you put your hand in the slot the protrusions may cut your hand Precautions to Be Taken When Using the Modules Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To avoid electric shock be sure to ground the instrument To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Failing to do so is extremely dangerous because the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Do not leave the instrument connected to devices in an environment that may be subject to voltage surges When measuring high voltages using the 720210 HS100M12 701250 HS10M12 or 701251 HS1M16 use an isolated probe the 700929 or 701947 1 1 safety cable a combination of the 701901 and 701954 or differential probe 7
204. nnection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur TE App 32 IM DL850E 03EN
205. nput voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Between Input and Input 10 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Between each terminal and earth ground 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms Input connector NDIS connector Recommended by JSNDI The Japanese Society for Non destructive Inspection Common mode rejection ratio 80 dB 50 60 Hz or more Typical A D conversion resolution 16 bit 4800 LSB div Upper FS Lower FS Temperature coe Zero point 5 uSTR C Typical Gain 0 02 of FS C Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 1 kHz 100 Hz and 10 Hz Cutoff characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical Function mV V support Supports the strain gauge transducer unit system Standard accessories NDIS connector for external connection PRC03 12A10 7M10 5 by Tajimi A1002JC 2 pieces Compatible accessories sold separately Recommended bridge head 701955 NDIS 120 O enhanced shield version comes with a 5 m cable Recommended bridge head 701956 NDIS 350 O enhanced shield version comes with a 5 m cable IM DL850E 03EN 6 33 suoneoyi2ods Hu 6 13 Module Specifications Item Precautions Specifications Highly sensitive measurements are made the pV level in strain measurements Therefore take measures against noise at the strain sensor perimeter bridge head and cable wiring
206. nstrument with another instrument Connect the Protective Grounding Terminal Make sure to connect the protective earth to prevent electric shock before turning on the power The power cord that comes with the instrument is a three prong type power cord Connect the power cord to a properly grounded three prong outlet Do Not Impair the Protective Grounding Never cut off the internal or external protective earth wire or disconnect the wiring of the protective earth terminal Doing so may result in electric shock or damage to the instrument Do Not Operate with Defective Protective Grounding or Fuse Do not operate the instrument if the protective earth or fuse might be defective Check the grounding and the fuse before operating the instrument Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable gasses or vapors Doing so is extremely dangerous Do Not Remove the Covers or Disassemble or Alter the Instrument Only qualified YOKOGAWA personnel may remove the covers and disassemble or alter the instrument The inside of the instrument is dangerous because parts of it have high voltages Ground the Instrument before Making External Connections Securely connect the protective grounding before connecting to the item under measurement or to an external control unit Before touching a circuit turn off its power and check that it has no voltage Precautions to Be Taken When Using the DC Power Supply
207. nted on the top A WARNING 4 Do not operate without reading the safety precautions REI TWEE EOT DURE CMO ERS REDS BFW CES AN CAUTION Protect the instrument from vibration or shock when power is ON especially for internal hard disk type Make sure to screw input modules firmly into place Switch power OFF before removing input modules To prevent injury do not put your hand inside the slots OIC ERRAR R S CREE CC Ies BF ANEV 1 WOREDU EHERICHO TCE SU ONICL TUS ADES 0O LEWC ES ADy AKF ANETE Complies with 21 CFR 1040 10 and 1040 11 Yokogawa Meters amp Instruments Corporation Tachihi Bldg No 2 6 1 3 Sakaecho C Tachikawa shi Tokyo 190 8586 Japan N200 IM DL850E 03EN 3 7 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 3 Installing Input Modules Laser Specifications Center wavelength Pulse width Output 850 nm lt 10 ms 100 MHz x 2 5 ns 2 GHz 1 mW If the instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by the instrument may be impaired YOKOGAWA assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these warnings and requirements LEDs on the Frequency Module On the front panel of the frequency module 701280 FREQ are LEDs for each channel These LEDs allow you to check the input condition of the pulse
208. o 6 GND Ground 7 CAN_H CAN high signal 8 NC Not used can not be connected to 9 NC Not used can not be connected to One inch screws number 4 40 UNC are used Note The connector shell is connected to GND Additionally GND and the connector shell are isolated from the electric potential of the DL850E DL850EV case earth N CAUTION Applying a voltage greater than the maximum input voltage may damage the input section Connecting the Cable Signal wires When you connect a cable to the D sub connector be sure to tighten the screws to ensure that the cable is connected securely CAN bus monitor module 720240 CAN MONITOR Screws IM DL850E 03EN 3 39 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 16 Connecting a Cable to the CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Module To monitor CAN bus signals connect a cable to the CAN bus monitor module s D sub connector Connector Pinout The pinout of the D sub connector 9 pin male is shown below Pinout CAN bus signal input terminal g P 8 LIN bus signal input terminal 1 6 CAN bus signal input terminal LIN bus signal input terminal Pin No Signal Function Signal Function 1 NC Not used can not be connected to LIN LIN signal 2 CAN L CAN low signal NC Not used can not be connected to 3 CAN GND Ground LIN GND Ground 4 NC Not used can not be connected to VBAT Battery supply
209. o 9 9999 30 Rms value N 1 The math period is from one zero crossing of the specified signal to the next zero crossing Alternatively the period is the specified time 1 to 500 ms resolution 1 ms Effective power 1 851 52 T The math period is the integrated value of the time from one zero crossing of the specified signal to the next zero crossing Effective power integration T s1 s2 dt 0 The value s1 x s2 is integrated over time Common logarithm Log1 K x Log10 s1 s2 Common logarithm Log2 K x Log10 s1 Square root Sqr1 312 522 Square root Sqr2 4s Cosine cos angle Sine sin angle Arc tangent atan s1 s2 Electrical angle Calculates the phase difference between 1 the angle that was determined from the logic signals that were specified for phases A B and Z and 2 the fundamental wave component that was determined from the discrete Fourier transform of the waveform that was specified as the target Calculates the phase difference electrical angle between the angle of rotation and drive current of the motor Knocking filter When the signal level of the math source waveform that is being differentiated is less than or equal to the elimination level the output is set to O Coefficient multiplied by addition or subtraction of sources 51 52 53 54 Range of coefficient
210. obes 702911 702912 and 700986 1 Attach the connecting lead IC clip or alligator clip that came with the logic probe and push the logic probe levers inwards to lock the connector into place To remove the connecting leads from the logic probe push both of the levers outwards Proceed to step 3 Connecting the Isolated Logic Probe 700987 1 Connect the measurement leads to the logic probe s input terminal 2 Setthe input switch When you set it to AC the threshold levels are 50 x 50 Hi 80 to 250 VAC Lo 0 to 20 VAC when you set it to DC the threshold levels are 6 V 50 Hi 10 to 250 VDC Lo 0 to 3 VDC Connecting the Logic Probe to a Logic Input Module 3 Turn the instrument s power switch off 4 Connect to the logic signal input connector of the logic input module 720230 the end of the logic probe s 26 pin connector that has a clamp filter ferrite core part number A1190MN 5 Turn on the DL850E DL850EV To the logic signal input connector of the logic input module level Forthe logic probe specifications see section 6 14 Logic Probe Specifications The logic input display is turned off by default For information about turning the display on and off see chapter 1 Vertical and Horizontal Control in the user s manual When logic probe is not connected to the DL850E DL850EV each bit is indicated as being at the high IM DL850E 03EN 3 29 sjueuiaJnseo y 104
211. of time Main waveform low speed sampling Captured waveforms high speed sampling Roll mode display Update mode display Sample rate Sample rate 100 kS s or less Faster than that of the main waveform 297 E Events e pe Tu L The points where triggering occurred during dual capturing Main waveform _ A m T 2 500V 1 4 CHT 2 500 Eent are displayed as events Capture Because there is not i enough sampled data the Because the data is sampled at a high speed the correct shape Zoomed waveform C i d x shape of the waveform may zoomed along the odii dus of the waveform is displayed not be displayed correctly time axis an 2 5007 500 1011 8 2 8 IM DL850E 03EN 2 4 Waveform Display The DL850E DL850EV has a main window for displaying normal time domain waveforms zoom windows for displaying zoomed time axis waveforms and X Y windows for displaying X Y waveforms In addition you can split screens and change the sizes of waveform display areas so that waveforms and measured values are easier to see and display an FFT window that shows the results of FFT analysis soJnjeo J Zooming along the Time Axis GIGAZoom You can magnify displayed waveforms along the time axis The zoomed waveforms of two locations can be display
212. omagnetic Conformity Standard 512 NIHH 47 Approved DL850E DL850EV 701250 701251 701255 701267 701261 701262 701265 701270 701271 701275 701280 720210 720220 720221 720230 720240 720241 700986 700987 701953 701955 701956 701957 701958 702911 702912 EN61000 3 2 EN61000 3 3 This product is a Class A for industrial environments product Operation of this product in a residential area may cause radio interference in which case the user is required to correct the interference Test items 1 Power supply terminal noise 2 Radiation emission 3 Power supply harmonic regulation 4 Power supply voltage fluctuation and flicker Cable conditions DL850E DL850EV Current probe When connecting a current probe to the input terminal and probe power terminal of a module attach a single ferrite core to both cables on the side of the cables closest to the DL850E DL850EV GP IB cable Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length USB cable Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV Ethernet cable Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E DL850EV External clock input external trigger input external trigger output Use a shielded cable that is 3 m or less in length and attach a ferrite core to the side of the cable closest to the DL850E D
213. ons to Be Taken When Using the 16 CH Scanner Box Donot connect or disconnect the 16 CH scanner box or the cables that are connected to it while the power is on Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage Do notleave the instrument connected to devices in an environment that may be subject to voltage surges To prevent electric shock connect wires to the terminal block that match the voltage range that you are measuring Applying a voltage exceeding the value indicated below may damage the input section If the frequency is above 1 kHz damage may occur even when the voltage is below this value Maximum input voltage across the input terminals and at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak Maximum allowable common mode voltage across the input terminals or and earth at a frequency of 1 kHz or less 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms The input terminals of the sub channels are electrically insulated inside the scanner box If you connect a wire that has a potential difference greater than 42 V DC ACpeak between sub channels the insulation may be damaged which will lead to the 16 CH scanner box being damaged Terminal block Terminal block Sub channel Sub channel CH 1 CH 9 CH2 CH 10 Wire insertion hole Screwdriver insertion hole IM DL850E 03EN 6 49 suoneoyi2ods Bu 6 13 Module Specif
214. ons will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur IM DL850E 03EN 6 41 suoneoyi2ods Bu 6 13 Module Specifications Specifications by Measurement Modes Item Specifications Frequency Measurable frequency range Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Minimum resolution 0 01 Hz to 200 kHz 0 1 Hz div to 50 kHz div 1 2 5 steps 0 001 Hz RPMs Measurable RPMs range Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Computing method Selectable pulse rotate range 0 01 rpm to 100000 rpm where the input frequency is DC to 200 kHz 0 1 rpm div to 10 krpm div 1 2 5 steps Computed from the frequency based on the number of pulses per rotation RPMs Frequency pulse rotate value x 60 1 to 99999 RPSs Measurable RPSs range Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Computing method Selectable pulse rotate range 0 001 rps to 2000 rps where the input frequency is DC to 200 kHz 0 01 rps div to 200 rps div 1 2 5 steps Computed from the frequency based on the number of pulses per rotation RPSs Frequency pulse rotate value 1 to 99999 Period Measurable period range Selectable vertical axis 5 us to 50 s where the minimum pulse width is 2 us 10 us div to 5 s div 1 2 5 steps sensitivity Minimum resolution 0 1 us Duty cycle Measurable duty cycle range to 100 Selectable vertical axis sensitivity Measurable frequency r
215. or Part No Quantity Specifications and Notes Power A1006WD 1 UL CSA and PSE standard A1009WD VDE standard A1054WD BS standard A1024WD AS standard A1064WD GB standard Front panel protection cover B8074EA 1 Soft case B8059GG 1 Printer roll paper B9988AE 1 Panel sheet See below 1 Japanese Chinese Korean German French Italian or Spanish DC power connector B8023WZ 1 Cover panels B8073CY 8 Rubber feet B9989EX 1 GPS antenna A1058ER 1 Manuals Printed manuals IM DL850E 03EN 1 IM DL850E 92Z1 1 CD B8074XT 1 Getting Started Guide this guide Document for China Contains PDFs of the user s manuals Acquisition Software and USB driver For the types of manuals that CD contains see the next page Front panel Power Cord one of the following power cords protection cover is supplied according to the instrument s suffix codes B8074EA A UL CSA Standard VDE Standard BS Standard A1006WD A1009WD GB Standard A1064WD AS Standard A1054WD A1024WD RRR RR One of the following panel sheets DL850E B8074GP Japanese HJ B8074GQ Chinese HC B8074GR Korean HK B8074GS German HG B8074GT French HF B8074GV Italian HL B8074GW Spanish HS DL850EV B8074HP Japanese HJ B8074HQ Chinese HC B8074HR Korean HK B8074HS German HG B8074HT French HF B8074HV Italian HL B8074HW Spanish HS DC power connector Cover
216. or speaker damage due to the large sounds that may be produced IM DL850E 03EN Checking the Contents of the Package Input Modules Sold Separately To make sure that an input module is the module that you ordered check the module name written on it MODEL Name Abbreviation 701250 High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module HS10M12 701251 High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation HS1M16 Module 701255 High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module NONISO 10M12 701267 High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS HV with RMS 701261 Universal Voltage Temp Module UNIVERSAL 701262 Universal Voltage Temp Module with AAF UNIVERSAL AAF 701265 Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module TEMP HPV 701270 Strain Module NDIS STRAIN NDIS 701271 Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal STRAIN DSUB 701275 Acceleration Voltage Module with AAF ACCL VOLT 701280 Frequency Module FREQ 720210 High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module HS100M12 720220 16 CH Voltage Input Module 16CH VOLT 720221 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module 16CH TEMP VOLT 720230 Logic Input Module LOGIC 720240 CAN Bus Monitor Module CAN MONITOR 720241 CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Module CAN amp LIN The CAN bus monitor module and CAN amp LIN bus monitor module can be used on the DL850EV It cannot be used on the DL850E MODEL SUFFIX NO YOKOGAW
217. over Set the roll paper with the same orientation as shown in the figure Roll paper cutter section Print head Close the cover and press LOCK on the center of the cover Align the ends of the roll paper with until you hear a click the guides and set the roll in place IM DL850E 03EN 3 43 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 19 Connecting an Antenna to the GPS Interface Option To synchronize the clock using GPS connect the supplied GPS antenna to the clock sync signal input terminal DL850E DL850EV Clock sync signal input terminal GPS antenna SMA connector CAUTION Attach or remove the GPS antenna from the DL850E DL850EV with the power turned off If installed indoors place the GPS antenna near a window or a location where it has a good line of sight to GPS satellites Otherwise time synchronization may not work properly Donotinstall the GPS antenna in water or in contact with other liquids 3 44 IM DL850E 03EN Chapter 4 4 1 Common Operations Key and Jog Shuttle Operations Key Operations How to Use Setup Menus That Appear When Keys Are Pressed The operation after you press a key varies depending on the key that you press HISTORY menu HISTORY Display Mode 1 Record Selected Record Start Record End Record B List Search Mode Zone
218. panels Soft case GPS antenna B8023WZ B8073CY B8059GG A1058ER 8 panels Rubber feet Manuals B9989EX Printed manuals CD 1 sheet 4 feet e Printer roll paper 9988 1 roll E 1 Make sure that the attached power cord meets the designated standards of the country and area that you are using it in 2 Only included with models that have a built in printer B5 3 Only included with DL850EVs that have the 12 VDC power supply DC option 4 Only included with models that have a GPS interface C30 vi IM DL850E 03EN Checking the Contents of the Package Accompanying CD The Manuals English folder in the accompanying CD contains the PDF files shown below The CD also contains Japanese manuals File Name Manual Title Manual No Real Time Math amp Power Math pdf DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder Real Time Math IM DL850E 51EN Power Math User s Manual Features Guide amp Users Manual pdf X DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 01EN Features Guide DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 02EN User s Manual Communication Interface pdf DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder IM DL850E 17EN Communication Interface User s Manual Acquisition Software pdf DL850E DL850EV ScopeCorder Acquisition Software IM DL850E 61EN User s Manual To view the PDF files above you need Adobe Reader 5 0 or later Never play this accompanying CD which contains the user s manuals in an audio CD player Doing so may cause loss of hearing
219. pdate interval will be the same App 16 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate Relationship between the Main Channel Sample Rate and the Sub Channel Sample Rates of the CAN Bus Monitor Module Main Channel Number of Sub Channels Sample Rate 1 2 3 to 4 5 to 8 9 to 16 17 to 32 33 to 60 Sis Maximum Sample Rate 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100 k 100 k 100 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 50 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 20 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 10 M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 100 k 5M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 100k 50 k 2M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 100k 50k 20k 1M 100 k 100 k 100 k 100k 5Ok 20 10k 500 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 50 20k 10k 5k 200 k 100k 100 k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 100 k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 50k 50k 10k 10k 55k 2k 1k 500 20k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 10k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 5k 5k 1k 1k 500 200 100 50 2k 2k 1k 500 200 100 50 20 1k 1k 500 200 100 50 20 10 500 500 100 100 50 20 10 5 200 200 100 50 20 10 5 2 100 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 50 50 10 10 5 2 1 20 20 10 5 2 1 10 10 5 2 1 5 5 1 1 1 This features covers firmware versions 1 30 and later of the DL850E DL850EV IM DL850E 03EN App 17 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and
220. probe for the 701250 701251 and 720210 Current probe 701933 300 Vrms 30 Arms DC to 50 MHz Used by connecting to a probe power terminal P4 option or a probe power supply 701934 sold Separately 701930 300 Vrms 150 Arms DC to 10 MHz Used by connecting to a probe power terminal P4 option or a probe power supply 701934 sold separately 701931 300 Vrms 500 Arms DC to 2 MHz Used by connecting to a probe power terminal P4 option or a probe power supply 701934 sold separately 10 1 passive probe 701940 For non isolated input on the 701255 600 V or less For isolated input other than above 42 V or less Differential probe 700924 1000 Vrms CAT 12 Switchable between 1000 1 and 100 1 Measurable voltage 1400 Vpeak 1000 Vrms 700925 1000V DC AC Switchable between 100 1 and 10 1 peak CAT III Measurable voltage 500 Vpeak 350 Vrms 700926 1000 Vrms CAT III Switchable between 1000 1 and 100 1 Measurable voltage 7000 Vpeak 5000 Vrms 1 1 BNC safety adapter lead 701901 1000 Vrms CAT Il For use with the 701250 701251 and 720210 Used with the following items which are sold separately the 701954 701959 758922 758929 or 758921 Measurement lead 758933 1000 Vrms CAT 1 m in length for use with the 701267 Used with the following items which are sold separately the 701954 701959 758922 758929 or 758921 Alligator clip dolphin type 701954 1000 Vrms CAT Two pieces in one set
221. pture HISTORY Logic Pattern Display Mode 1 Record Trace Installation channel Select Record 0 Bit Setting X Start Record 0 Result Window Zoom1 End Record Oldest number Pattern No No Match Search Mode OFF Start Point 5 00 div MATH End Point 5 00 div Mode OFF Time Select Math Trace 1 Absolute Time Current date and Opeartion Math1 OFF time Opeartion Math2 OFF Result Window Zoom1 Opeartion Math3 OFF PRINT MENU Opeartion Math4 OFF Print To Builtin Opeartion MathS OFF UTILITY Opeartion Math6 OFF System Config Opeartion Math7 OFF Date Time Opeartion Math8 OFF Display ON Scaling Mode Auto Format Year Month Day Start Point 5 00 div Time Synchro End Point 5 00 div Time OFF FFT Points 1k Synchro Window Hanning IRIG Format A FFT Modulation AM Display OFF Impedance 50 Trace CH1 Language Start Point 5 00 div Menu English FFT Points 1k Message English Window Hanning LCD Vert Scale Mode Auto Auto OFF OFF Main Ratio 50 Auto OFF 1 min Window Layout Side Time Horiz Axis Log Hz Brightness 3 ZOOM Storage Manager Display Zoom1 ON Media HD Display Zoom2 OFF USB Keyboard English Position 0 00 div USB Function TMC Main Ratio 50 Remote Ctrl Window Layout Side Device USB Format Zoom Main USB Function TMC Network TCP IP DHCP ON DNS Auto FTP Web Server User Name anonymous TimeOut s 1800 TimeOut s 15 IM DL850E 03EN App 25 xipueddy E Appendix 3 Default Values Operation Key Soft Key Setting Operation Key
222. push switch Press the POSITION knob to Switch the zoom box whose zoom position is set by it ANALYSIS HISTORY MEASURE CURSOR 601NO G0 MAG ZOOM 4 POSITION gt SEARCH IM DL850E 03EN 1 2 Panel Keys and Knobs RESET Key Resets the value to its default value SET Key Press this key to select the menu item that you have moved the cursor to using the jog shuttle You can also press the SET key to start entering a value or characters Arrow Keys A V gt 4 keys Use the gt lt keys to move the cursor between numeric digits Use the A V keys to increment or decrement the value of a digit You can also use the A V keys to select setup items START STOP Key Starts and stops waveform acquisition according to the trigger mode The key is illuminated while the DL850E DL850EV is acquiring waveforms SHIFT SETUP Key Displays a menu for initializing the settings to their factory defaults performing auto setup which automatically sets the DL850E DL850EV according to the input signal storing and recalling setup information and so on Press SHIFT and then SETUP to display a calibration menu SHIFT DISPLAY Key Use this key to configure the display Press SHIFT and then DISPLAY to display an X Y display menu SHIFT SAVE Key Press this key to save waveform or screen capture data to a storage medium Press SHIFT and then SAVE to display a menu for configuring the save operation FILE Key
223. put 6 V 50 High level 10 to 250 VDC Low level 0 to 3 VDC During AC input 50 VAC x 50 High level 80 to 250 Low level 0 to 20 Response time During DC input 1 ms or less During AC input 20 ms or less Input impedance Approx 100 Maximum input voltage 250 Vrms CAT 1 between the H and L terminals of each bit Maximum allowable common 250 Vrms CAT 1 mode voltage between input terminal H or L and the ground Maximum allowable voltage 250 Vrms CAT 1 between bits Withstand voltage 2000 VAC for 1 minute between the input terminals and the ground Insulation resistance 500 VDC 10 or greater between the input terminals and the ground Fuse Location Max rated voltage rated current Standard H side of input 250V 50 mA Time lag VDE SEMKO terminal approved 1 Make sure that the peak AC voltage does not exceed 350 V and that the DC voltage does not exceed 250 V when the frequency is 1 kHz or less 2 Because the fuses used by this instrument are all inside the case you cannot replace them yourself If you believe that the fuse inside the case has blown please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Logic Probe 702911 and 702912 Specifications Item Specifications Number of inputs 8 Input format Non isolated all the bits share the same ground with the DL850E DL850EV and each other Maximum input voltage 35 V Response time Within 3 us
224. put voltage or allowable common mode input voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur 6 36 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Acceleration Voltage Module with AAF 701275 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Effective measurement range 20 div display range 10 div Number of input channels 2 Input coupling AC DC GND ACCL acceleration and GND Maximum sample rate 100 kS s Input format Isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics Waveform observation mode DC to 40 kHz 3 dB point when a sine wave Acceleration measurement mode 0 4 Hz to 40 kHz of amplitude 3 div is applied Voltage axis sensitivity setting 5 mV div to 10 V div 1 2 5 steps when using 1 1 probe attenuation Acceleration 5 V x1 range x0 1 to x1 to x100 in 1 2 5 steps Maximum input voltage 42V DC Acpeak at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Maximum allowable common Working voltage of safety standard mode voltage 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 3
225. r Synchronizing the DL850E DL850EV time Synchronizing the sample clock Clock sync range 80 ppm Post sync accuracy No drift from the input signal GPS Interface C30 option Item Specifications Input connector SMA Number of input connectors 1 Receiver type GPS L1 C A code SBAS WAAS EGNOS MSAS Function DL850E DL850EV time synchronization Sample clock synchronization Accuracy after 200 ns when locked to GPS signal synchronization Sync time Within 5 minutes after the power is turned on Compatible antenna Active antenna 3 3 V power supply A1058ER standard accessory 1 The figure is based on results obtained when the GPS antenna is installed in a location with good line of sight to GPS satellites The accuracy may not be attained depending on the measurement location the location of satellites when the measurement is taken the weather and influence caused by obstruction IM DL850E 03EN 6 15 suoneoyioods Hu 6 11 Computer Interface USB PC Connection Item Specifications Connector type USB type B receptacle Electrical and mechanical USB Rev 2 0 compliant specifications Supported transfer mode HS High Speed 480 Mbps and FS Full Speed 12 Mbps Number of ports 1 Supported protocols Functions as a device that conforms to one of the following two protocols USBTMC USB488 USB Test and Measurement Class Ver 1 0 GP IB commands can be used through USB Mass Storage Class
226. r greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode Continued on next page App 12 IM DL850E 03EN Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate Continued from previous page Record Length 100 Mpoint 250 Mpoint 500 Mpoint 1 Gpoint 2 Gpoint Time div Sample Display Sample Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points 4 days 1 728G 5 days 864M 6 days 1 0368G 8 days 1 3824G 10 days 1 728G 20 days 1 728G When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode IM DL850E 03EN App 13 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the Record Length Is 4 Gpoint 5 Gpoint 10 Gpoint 20 Gpoint or 50 Gpoint Time div Record Length 4 Gpoint 5 Gpoint 10 Gpoint 20 Gpoint 50 Gpoint Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points Points
227. rd mouse printer or storage device to the USB port for peripherals Do not connect multiple keyboards You can connect one keyboard one mouse and one printer to the DL850E DL850EV Do not connect and disconnect multiple USB devices repetitively Wait for at least 10 seconds after you connect or remove one USB device before you connect or remove another USB device Do not remove USB cables during the time from when the DL850E DL850EV is turned on until key operation becomes available approximately 20 to 30 seconds Entering File Names Comments and Other Items When keyboard is displayed on the screen you can enter file names comments and other items using the USB keyboard Entering Values You can use a USB keyboard to enter the values of items with C marks on the menu screens by pressing CTRL N on the USB keyboard to put the DL850E DL850EV in the NUM LOCK state IM DL850E 03EN 4 5 4 3 Using USB Keyboards and Mouse Devices Using a USB Mouse You can connect a USB mouse and use it to perform the same operations that you can perform with the DL850E DL850EV keys Also by clicking a menu item you can perform the same operation that you can perform by pressing the menu item s soft key or selecting the menu item and pressing the SET key USB Ports for Peripherals Connect a USB mouse to a USB port for peripherals on the left side panel of the DL850E DL850EV Usable USB Mouse Devices You can use mouse devices wi
228. rds KE J T N R S IEC584 1 1995 DIN IEC584 JIS C1602 1995 W W 5 Re W 26 Re Hoskins Mfg Co ASTM E988 L Fe CuNi DIN43710 U Cu CuNi DIN43710 Voltage measurement Voltage sensitivity 5 mV div to 20 V div 1 2 5 steps Voltage accuracy 0 25 of 10 div Temperature measurement Type Measurement Range Accuracy K 200 to 1300 C 0 1 of reading 1 5 C E 200 to 800 C Except 0 2 of reading 1 5 C J 200 to 1100 C for 200 C to 0 C T 200 to 400 C L 200 to 900 C U 200 to 400 C N 0 to 1300 C R 0 to 1700 C 0 1 of reading 3 C S 0 to 1700 C Except 0 to 200 C 8 C 200 to 800 C 5 C B 0 to 1800 C 0 1 of reading 2 C Except 400 to 700 C 8 C Effective range is 400 to 1800 C W 0 to 2300 C 0 1 of reading 3 C Au7Fe 0 to 300K 0 to 50K 4K 50 to 300K 2 5K Frequency characteristics 3 dB point when a sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied Voltage measurement DC to 40 kHz Temperature measurement DC to 100 Hz Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Both temperature and voltage input 150 V DC ACpeak maximum allowable voltage as a value that does not damage the safety standard instrument when applied 42 V DC ACpeak as a value that meets the Maximum allowable common mode voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Both temperature and voltage input 42 V DC
229. re system 3P4W delta star Three phase four wire system 3P4W three phase three wire 3V3A star delta Math mode Rms analysis mode power analysis mode Math items Rms analysis mode Rms values of the 1st to 40th harmonic Rms percentage content of the 1st to 40th harmonic Phase angles of the 1st to 40th harmonic Total rms value Distortion factor IEC Distortion factor CSA Power analysis mode Active powers from the 1st to the 35th harmonic Active power percentage content from the 1st to the 35th harmonic Phase angles of the 1st to 35th harmonic Total active powers Total reactive powers Total apparent powers Power factor 1st harmonic rms voltage 1st harmonic rms current 1st harmonic voltage phase angle 1st harmonic current phase angle Sync channel Rms analysis mode Analysis source channel Power analysis mode Select one channel from voltage and current Sync channel filter Low pass filter can be selected Cutoff frequency Select from 128 kHz 64 kHz 32 kHz 16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2 kHz 1 kHz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz and 62 5 Hz f power math is not to be performed the data on channels 13 to 16 are also applicable Example If only harmonic analysis is to be performed the data on channels 1 to 14 are applicable IM DL850E 03EN 6 11 suoneoyi2ods Bu 6 5 Features Other Features Item Specifications Initialization Resets settings to the facto
230. record length also change On the standard model of the DL850E DL850EV you can set the record length to a value between 1 kpoint and 250 Mpoint Depending on the model you can set the record length to a value of up to 2 Gpoint Acquisition Mode Specify how the DL850E DL850EV processes the sampled data stores it in the acquisition memory and uses it to display waveforms There are four acquisition modes Normal Envelope Averaging and BoxAverage Hard Disk Recording When measurement starts you can record data to an external hard disk that supports eSATA external Serial ATA HDO option or to an internal hard disk HD1 option The recorded data is saved to files automatically You can load the saved data using the DL850E DL850EV and convert it to a format that you can analyze on a PC ASCII or floating point Models with the HDO option are equipped with eSATA connectors You need to purchase a hard disk that supports eSATA separately External hard disk that supports eSATA Hard disk recording HDO option or E an internal hard disk o HD1 option Input signal Loading of waveform data Acquisition Normal measurement memory Saving and loading of waveform data IM DL850E 03EN 2 7 2 3 Waveform Acquisition History When waveforms are being measured the waveform data stored in the acquisition memory as a result of a trigger occurrence is displayed as a waveform on the DL850E DL850EV screen and
231. res Electrical wire 0 20 mm to 1 00 mm recommended solid wire or thin stranded wire AWG Size 24 18 Approx 7 mm Flat blade Screwdriver Tip size 0 4 mm thickness x 2 5 mm width Shape DIN5264 A Use a straight driver Connecting Wires to the Terminal Block First turn off the DL850E DL850EV Make sure that the other end of the wire that you are connecting to the terminal block is not connected to the device under measurement or make sure that the device under measurement that you are going to connect to is turned off 1 Insert the flat blade screwdriver into the screwdriver insertion hole right next to the wire insertion hole If you do not insert the flat blade screwdriver into the hole firmly the wire insertion hole will not open 2 Insert the wire that you prepared into the wire insertion hole Insert the wire until it reaches the back of the wire insertion hole 3 Pull the flat blade screwdriver out of the screwdriver insertion hole When you pull out the flat blade screwdriver hold the wire in place so that it does not come out with the screwdriver 4 Pull lightly on the wire to make sure that it doesn t come out After you have finished connecting the wires turn on the DL850E DL850EV and the device under Wire insertion hole block ZR measurement ASR Flat blade screwdriver Note Removing and Attaching the Terminal Block It is normally not necessary to remove the
232. robe 10 A 1 V for the 700937 701933 100 A 1 V for the 701930 701931 Compatible probes cables Voltage probe 10 1 passive probe Recommended 701940 17 to 46 pF For measuring 600 Vpeak or less Current probe power can be supplied from the DL850E DL850EV Option 700937 15 A 701930 150 A 701931 500 A 701933 30 A High voltage differential probe connect the GND cable provided with the probe to the DL850E DL850EV case 700924 1000 1 100 1 1400 Vpeak For measuring 1400 Vpeak or less Connection cable for low voltage 1 1 366926 non isolated type BNC alligator clip x2 For measuring low voltage less than or equal to 42 Vpeak 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions Recommended Combined with the 10 1 passive probe Direct input 701940 cable that does not comply with the safety standards 701255 2 Input terminal _ gt GND _ gt GND Earth GND is connected to the case potential GND is connected to the case potential 4 The typical value is a representative or standard value It is not strictly warranted IM DL850E 03EN 6 25 suoneoyi2oods Hu 6 13 Module Specifications A Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage withstand voltage or allowable surge voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module
233. robes cables Connection cable 1 1 Recommended 1 366926 Voltage probe Recommended 2 700929 10 1 safety probe 20 to 45 pF For measuring 1000 V 701947 100 1 probe 15 to 45 pF DC ACpeak or less For measuring 1000 V DC ACpeak or less 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions Combined with the 700929 or 701947 Combined with the 701901 701954 or direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 9 4 sm bp Withstand voltage 1500 Vrms for 1 minute Allowable transient surge voltage between earth and input 2100 Vpeak 700929 701947 6 Input waveform of 1 Vpp rectangular wave rise fall time within 1 ms input range 10 V bandwidth limit Full and hysteresis X196 7 Input waveform of 90 Vrms sine wave input range AC100 V bandwidth limit 100 kHz and hysteresis 1 8 Input waveform of 1 Vpp rectangular wave rise fall time within 5 ns input range 10 V bandwidth limit Full and hysteresis X196 9 Typical value represents a typical or average value It is not strictly warranted A Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage or allowable common mode input voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functi
234. ry data and performs statistical processing on the parameters Computation Operators x binary computation phase shift and power spectrum User defined computation Expressions can be created through the combination of the following operators and constants G2 option ABS SQRT LOG EXP NEG SIN COS TAN ATAN PH DIF DDIF INTG IINTG BIN P2 P3 F1 F2 FV PWHH PWHL PWLH PWLL PWXX DUTYH DUTYL FILT1 FILT2 HLBT MEAN LS RS PS PSD CS TF CH MAG LOGMAG PHASE REAL IMAG Phase shifting You can monitor the waveform of a specified channel with its phase shifted GO NO GO determination following two types of GO NO GO determination are available Determination using zones on the screen Determination using the automated measurement values of waveform parameters The following operations can be performed at the time of determination Output of screen capture data saving of waveform data to binary ASCII or floating point sounding of a notification buzzer transfer of e mail Screen Capture Data Output Item Specifications Built in printer A hard copy of the screen can be output B5 option External printer Prints screen captures on an external printer connected over an Ethernet or USB File format PNG JPEG or BMP Data Storage Item Specifications History Automatically holds up to 5000 pages of waveforms depending on the record length Internal HDD and external Wavefor
235. ry default excluding the date and time setting communication interface settings language setting and time difference from GMT setting The reset can be undone Auto setup Automatically sets the voltage axis time axis trigger etc The automatic settings can be undone Action Outputs screen capture data saves waveform data to binary ASCII or floating point sounds a notification buzzer transfers an e mail or performs some combination of the previous actions whenever a trigger occurs or waveform acquisition stops E mail transmission Sends e mail using SMTP Calibration System settings Auto or manual Screen color date and time message language menu language click sound on off and grid thickness Overview The system specifications can be displayed Self tests Memory test key test printer test and storage test Help feature Displays a description of the settings PROTECT key You can lock the keys to prevent unintentional operations NUM key You can enter numbers directly Japanese string input Compact VJE Ver 3 0 6 6 FFT Item Specifications Waveform to be computed CHn or MATHn Number of channels 1 on models without the G2 option 2 on models with the G2 option Computation range From the specified computation start point until the specified number of points have been computed Computed points Time windows 2k 5k 10 k 20 50 or 100
236. s to the 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module 7 Insert the protection cover into the guide hole 8 Tighten the protection cover screw using a screwdriver Fixing the Device in Place If necessary you can use the accessory attaching plate B8074LN to fix the scanner box to the panel 1 Align the small holes on the bottom side of the scanner box to the small projections of the attaching plate 2 Screw the scanner box and the attaching plate together using the accessory binding screws M4 x 5 mm Screw tightening torque 1 2 N m Projections Attaching plate eng screws B8074LN 4 4 x 5mm Connecting the 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module and the Scanner Box Using the cable that came with the scanner box 701953 connect the 720221 16CH TEMP VOLT and the scanner box 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module 720221 16CH TEMP VOLT 16 CH Scanner Box 701953 3 38 IM DL850E 03EN 3 15 Connecting a Cable to the CAN Bus Monitor Module To monitor CAN bus signals connect a cable to the CAN bus monitor module s D sub connector Connector Pinout The pinout of the D sub connector 9 pin male is shown below Pinout 5 9 o o o o o 1 L j 6 Wa Pin No Signal Function 1 NC Not used can not be connected to 2 CAN_L CAN low signal 3 GND Ground 4 NC Not used can not be connected to 5 NC Not used can not be connected t
237. surement leads and 701954 alligator clips Use caution because the overvoltage tolerance differs between the low and high sides 700 Vrms CAT II on the side 400 Vrms CAT II on the L side Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards 42 V DC ACpeak CAT II 30 Vrms For the 701261 701262 701265 Red Input terminal E Black For the 701267 With the 758933 and 701954 Direct input cable that does not comply with the safety standards pp Red Input 758933 701954 Input 6 terminal terminal Black Black f Over Range Indication If over range is indicated the DL850E DL850EV may be receiving a voltage higher than the observed waveform or measured waveform values To prevent electric shock change the vertical scale with the SCALE knob so that the entire amplitude of the waveform is displayed within the waveform display area and check the input voltage level lt Over range indication Indicates the number of the channel that over range is occurring on lt Channel indication when over range is occurring on multiple channels Indicates the smallest number among the channels that over range is occurring on IM DL850E 03EN 3 23 sjueuiaJnseo y 104 3 8 Connecting Thermocouples Connecting Thermocouples If you are connecting the compensation lead of the thermocouple to the input terminal binding
238. t EXT l O 5 5 IRIG Signal Input IRIG option 5 8 GPS Signal Input GPS Option 5 9 Chapter 6 Specifications Appendix 6 1 Signal Input Section aan Een Ur ee bac rdc eine 6 1 6 2 het ei 0 9 E EE EO E D T DD TE 6 1 6 3 MUI 6 3 6 4 Display re ae a 6 3 6 5 E PR RNC 6 4 6 6 gp ee JH 6 12 6 7 Bulltsin PEDIGE eitea pe DR ETUR UT dte an eatem E 6 13 6 8 Stora JE 6 13 6 9 USB for Peripherals ae ea ensins roti eno edad since Eee RE fos dad eth edet Cade 6 13 6 10 Auxiliary VO Sectlon ione iren te ter Ete Eee HIR SEDE AN eee 6 14 6 11 Gomputer Interface iate eec HO ertet rdiet eere idees 6 16 6 12 General Specifications hn fae ice ED Ee ei ERE Eta data iii 6 17 4A 0 13 Module SPECICATION x rese PEL eque 6 21 6 14 Logic Probe Specifications niano e ie Ec cet ee etd eae eee 6 54 6 15 16 CH Scanner Box 6 55 6 10 External DIMENSIONS ii aet eei tero en e eee 6 56 Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Lengt
239. t change IM DL850E 03EN 4 6 Initializing Settings You can reset the DL850E DL850EV settings to their factory default values This feature is useful when you want to cancel all of the settings that you have entered or when you want to redo measurement from scratch SETUP Menu Press SETUP to display the following menu SETUP Initialize Initializes the settings O AutoSetup S 3 S Undo Undoes initialization ME E o a pM jg Setup data Store Recall Settings That Cannot Be Reset to Their Factory Default Values Date and time settings Communication settings Language setting English or Japanese Undoing the Reset Operation If you reset the settings by mistake you can press the Undo soft key to revert to the previous settings However you cannot undo the reset operation if you switch to a different setup menu or clear the SETUP menu by pressing the ESC key To Reset All Settings to Their Factory Default Settings While holding down the RESET key turn the power switch on All settings except the date and time settings display on off setting will be reset and the setup data stored in internal memory will be reset to their factory default values IM DL850E 03EN 4 13 4 7 Calibrating the DL850E DL850EV CAL Menu Press SHIFT SETUP CAL to display the following menu CAL Execute 1 Calibration Executes calibration
240. tage Temp Module Universal Voltage Temp Module with AAF Strain Module NDIS Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal Acceleration Voltage Module with AAF Frequency Module High Speed 100 MS s 12 Bit Isolation Module 16 CH Voltage Input Module 16 CH Temperature Voltage Input Module Logic Input Module CAN Bus Monitor Module CAN amp LIN Bus Monitor Module 2 Differential probe Current probe Logic probe GP IB interface optional USB interface remote control through the use of commands Printer High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module IM DL850E 03EN syed Jo suonoun pue Chapter2 Main Features 2 4 Vertical and Horizontal Axes Vertical Axis This section explains how to configure the signal input settings and the amplitude direction display settings The items that can be set vary depending on the installed modules The channel menu that corresponds to the key you pressed CH1 to CH16 appears You can set the various vertical axis settings for each channel Press ALL CH to display a screen in which you can configure the settings of all channels while viewing the settings in a list DL850E DL850EV Measurement Items When the DL850E DL850EV is equipped with the modules listed below it can measure voltage temperature strain acceleration frequency logic CAN bus signals LIN bus signals and so on Voltage 701250 HS10M12 701251 HS1M16 701255 NONIS
241. th S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points Points 4 days 5 days 6 days 8 days 10 days When the time axis setting is 100 ms or greater the settings surrounded by bold lines and the trigger mode is Auto or Auto Level waveforms are displayed in roll mode IM DL850E 03EN App 11 xipueddy E Appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Record Length and Sample Rate When the Record Length Is 100 Mpoint 250 Mpoint 500 Mpoint 1 Gpoint or 2 Gpoint Record Length 100 Mpoint 250 Mpoint 500 Mpoint 1 Gpoint 2 Gpoint Time div Sample Display Sample Display Sample Display Display Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record Rate Record S s Length S s Length S s Length S s Length Points Points Points Points 1 us 10M 100 10M 100 10M 100 10M 100 2 us 10M 200 10M 200 10M 200 10M 200 5 us 10M 500 10M 500 10M 500 10M 500 10 us 10M 1k 10M 1k 10M 1k 10M 1k 20 us 10M 2k 10M 2k 10M 2k 10M 2k 50 us 10M 5k 10M 5k 10M 5k 10M 5k 100 us 10M 10k 10M 10k 10M 10k 10M 10k 200 us 10M 20k 10M 20k 10M 20k 10M 20k 500 us 10M 50k 10M 50k 10M 50k 10M 50k ims 10M 100 k 10M 100 k 10M 100 k 10M 100 k 2ms 10M 200 k 10M 200k 10M 200 k 10M 200k 5ms 10M 500 k 10M 500 k 10M 500 k 10M 500 k 10 ms 10M 1M 10M 1M 10M 1M 10M 1M 20 ms 10M 2M 10M 2M 10M 2M 10M 2M 50 ms 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M 10M 5M When the time axis setting is 100 ms o
242. th system Select true rms value or rectified mean value calibrated to the rms value Math sync mode Edge Select a signal Computed using zero crossings Auto Timer Specify the time Computed at specified time intervals AC Select a signal Computed using zero crossings Signal stop determined by a stop prediction function AC DC Select a signal Computed using zero crossings Signal stop determined by a stop prediction function Switches to Auto Timer after stopping Channel selection for edge Select a single channel from own phase voltage own phase current or other voltage current Sync channel filter If sync mode is set to Edge low pass filter can be selected Cutoff frequency Select from 128 kHz 64 kHz 32 kHz 16 kHz 8 kHz 4 kHz 2 kHz 1 kHz 500 Hz 250 Hz 125 Hz and 62 5 Hz Harmonic analysis Max number of analyzable systems Max number of analyzable frequencies 1 system Fundamental wave 1 kHz FFT points Supported wiring systems 512 Single phase two wire 1P2W single phase three wire 1P3W or three phase three wire 3P3W Three phase three wire system that uses a three voltage three current method 3P3W 3V3A three phase four wire system 3P4W Delta math function Three phase three wire 3P3W three phase three wire system that uses a three voltage three current method 3P3W 3V3A Three phase three wire 3V3A three phase four wi
243. th wheels that are compliant with USB HID Class Version 1 1 Note For USB mouse devices that have been tested for compatibility contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Some settings cannot be configured by a mouse without a wheel Connection Procedure To connect a USB mouse to the DL850E DL850EV use one of the USB ports for peripherals You can connect or disconnect the USB mouse at any time regardless of whether the DL850E DL850EV is on or off hot plugging is supported When the power switch is on the mouse is detected approximately 6 seconds after it is connected and the mouse pointer X appears Note Only connect a compatible USB keyboard mouse printer or storage device to the USB port for peripherals Even though there are two USB ports for peripherals do not connect two mouse devices to the DL850E DL850EV IM DL850E 03EN 4 3 Using USB Keyboards and Mouse Devices Operating the DL850E DL850EV Using a USB Mouse Operations That Correspond to the Front Panel Keys Top Menu Displaying the Top Menu Right click on the display A menu of the DL850E DL850EV front panel keys appears Selecting an Item from the Top Menu Click on the item that you want to select A setup menu that corresponds to the item that you selected appears at the bottom of the display The top menu disappears To display an item s submenu point to the item To select an item on a submenu click on it just as you would to select an item o
244. than AUTO Cutoff frequency fc when set to AUTO 701262 only Sample Rate Cutoff Frequency fc 100 kS s or higher 40 kHz 100 S s to 50 kS s 4096 of the sample rate 50 5 5 or less 20 Hz Cutoff characteristics for AUTO 65 dB at 2 x fc Typical Table of cutoff frequency When the filter is set to Auto the anti aliasing filter and low pass filter are automatically set characteristics of the according to the sample rate anti aliasing fiter Sample Rate AAF Low Pass Filter 100 kS s 40 kHz OFF 50 kS s 20 kHz OFF 20 kS s 8 kHz OFF 10 kS s 4 kHz 4 kHz 5 kS s 2 kHz 4 kHz 2 kS s 800 Hz 4 kHz 1 kS s 400 Hz 400 Hz 500 S s 200 Hz 400 Hz 200 S s 80 Hz 400 Hz 100 S s 40 Hz 40 Hz 50 S s 20 Hz 40 Hz 20 S s to 5 S s 20 Hz 40 Hz 2 S s or less 20 Hz 40 Hz Ext sample 40 kHz OFF 1 Value measured under standard operating conditions section 19 11 2 Does not include the reference junction temperature compensation accuracy 3 This module supports Au7Fe with 0 0796 metal content with respect to gold 6 Typical value represents a typical or average value It is not strictly warranted A Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage or allowable common mode input voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws O
245. therwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated 6 30 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module 701265 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration Function Temperature thermocouple or voltage measurement switchable Effective measurement range Voltage measurement 20 div display range 10 div Number of input channels 2 Input coupling TC DC and GND TC Temperature thermocouple measurement DC Voltage measurement DC coupling Data update rate 500 Hz Measurement range accuracy X Voltage measurement Voltage sensitivity 100 uV div to 10 V div 1 2 5 steps Voltage accuracy 0 08 of 10 div 2 uV For the thermocouple Temperature measurement standards see the 701261 specifications Type Measurement Range Accuracy K 200 to 1300 C 0 1 of reading 1 5 C E 200 to 800 C Except 0 2 of reading 1 5 C J 200 to 1100 C for 200 C to 0 C T 200 to 400 C L 200 to 900 C U 200 to 400 C N 0 to 1300 C R 0 to 1700 C 0 1 of reading 3 C S 0 to 1700 Except 0 to 200 C 8 C 200 to 800 C 5 C B 0 to 1800 C 0 1 of reading 2 C Except 400 to 700 C 8 C Effective range is 400 to 1800 C W 0 to 2300 C 0 1 of reading 3 C Au7Fe
246. time axis and waveform area e You can display a total of 32 measured values for a ll the waveforms You can save a total of 64000 items of data for all the waveforms You can also perform computations on measured waveform parameter values You can display the following statistics for the specified waveform parameter The maximum value Maximum minimum value Minimum average value Average standard deviation SDev and number of measured values used to calculate statistics Count Setup Dialog Box Example of Displayed Statistical Values MEASURE nr E D yo D AL Minimum Oye High i Low Average Off Mode oft RMS on Std Deviatin Overshoot O1 Overshoot OF Ree Fat OM Frequency DM Period OM Wath OYA Wih ORL Duty Putse Burst Burst oW Avg Frequency oV Ave Period OMA ntes TY Hinimun z verage 1 SDov 2 2110 0 S gunt 830 Average Average value Count i Measurement 5 range 1 Average Count am Measured items that the DL850E DL850EV i is calculating the statistics of i and the values of those items Mow ni EET Maxinum 11 020 2 Minimm 11 0130 Average 1 014658 SDov 11 24580 2 Count 1830 Minimum Minimum value SDev Standard deviation 0 9939 996 65517 SDev 644 081 30 4 imum value Number of measured values used
247. ting and Stopping Waveform Acquisition Press START STOP to start or stop waveform acquisition The key is illuminated while the DL850E DL850EV is acquiring waveforms Waveform Acquisition and Indicators When the START STOP key is illuminated the DL850E DL850EV is acquiring waveforms Running appears in the lower left of the screen When the START STOP key is not illuminated waveform acquisition is stopped Stopped appears in the lower left of the screen DL850E DL850EV Operation When the Acquisition Mode Is Set to Averaging Averaging stops when you stop waveform acquisition f you restart waveform acquisition again averaging starts from the beginning START and STOP Operations during Accumulation Accumulation stops when you stop acquisition If you restart waveform acquisition past waveforms are cleared and accumulation starts over Note You can use the snapshot feature to retain the displayed waveform on the screen This feature allows you to retain a waveform on the screen while the DL850E DL850EV continues signal acquisition IM DL850E 03EN 4 15 suoneJedo 4 9 Displaying Help Displaying Help Press the help key to display help The table of contents and index appear in the left frame and text appears in the right frame Switching between Frames To switch to the frame that you want to control use the left and right arrow keys Moving Cursors and Scrolling To scroll t
248. tion A CAUTION Only apply signals that meet the following specifications Signals that do not meet the specifications may damage the DL850E DL850EV because of factors such as excessive voltage IRIG Signal Input Terminal You can use an IRIG Inter Range Instrumentation Group signal to set the time on the DL850E DL850EV Item Specifications Input connector BNC Number of input connectors 1 Supported IRIG signals A002 B002 A132 and B122 Input impedance You can switch between 50 and 5 Maximum input voltage 8 V Used for Synchronizing the DL850E DL850EV time Synchronizing the sample clock Clock sync range 80 ppm Post sync accuracy No drift from the input signal 5 8 IM DL850E 03EN 5 7 GPS Signal Input GPS option CAUTION Only apply signals that meet the following specifications Signals that do not meet the specifications may damage the DL850E DL850EV because of factors such as excessive voltage GPS Signal Input Terminal C You can use a GPS Global Positioning System signal to set the time on the DL850E DL850EV Item Specifications Input connector SMA Number of input connectors 1 Receiver type GPS L1 C A code SBAS WAAS EGNOS MSAS Function DL850E DL850EV time synchronization Sample clock synchronization Accuracy after 200 ns when locked to GPS signal synchronization Sync time Within 5 m
249. tion 5 3 x SD memory card slot Main power switch Use to connect an SD memory card Turning the power on and off A RA A AE Ae OTT Explanation about how to use Section 3 4 POWER S fle User s manual UN XT CLKIN Power inlet A i DT USB port for PCs Power connection 9 Use to connect the DL850E DL850EV Section 3 4 to a PC that has a USB port Explanation about how to use Name plate if TEN m Communication interface user s manual USB ports for peripherals Trigger input terminal A Use to connect a USB keyboard Use when applying an external mouse or storage device trigger signal Explanation about how to use Explanation about how to use Section 4 3 and User s manual Section 5 1 Ethernet port Trigger output terminal A 1000BASE T 100BASE TX Use to transmit trigger signals Use to connect the DL850E DL850EV Explanation about how to use to a LAN Explanation about how to use Section 5 2 Feature s guide and communication interface user s manual DC Power Supply Model DL850EV Only the parts that are different from the standard model are shown below Power supply status LED Displays the status of the AC power supply or DC power supply The status indicator Section 3 4 Power switch AC Turning the power on and off Section 3 4 Power switch DC Turning the power on and
250. tive Comments are case sensitive The following file names cannot be used due to MS DOS limitations AUX CON PRN NUL CLOCK to COMS and LPT1 to 4 4 IM DL850E 03EN 4 3 Using USB Keyboards and Mouse Devices Connecting a USB Keyboard You can connect a USB keyboard and use it to enter file names comments and other items Usable Keyboards You can use the following keyboards that conform to USB Human Interface Devices HID Class Ver 1 1 When the USB keyboard language is English 104 keyboards When the USB keyboard language is Japanese 109 keyboards Note Do not connect incompatible keyboards The operation of USB keyboards that have USB hubs or mouse connectors is not guaranteed For USB keyboards that have been tested for compatibility contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer USB Ports for Peripherals Connect a USB keyboard to the USB port for peripherals on the left side panel suoneJedo Connection Procedure Connect a USB keyboard directly to the DL850E DL850EV using a USB cable You can connect or remove the USB cable regardless of whether the DL850E DL850EV power switch is turned on hot plug support Connect the type A connector of the USB cable to the DL850E DL850EV and connect the type B connector to the keyboard When the power switch is on the keyboard is detected and enabled approximately 6 seconds after it is connected Note Only connect a compatible USB keyboa
251. to calculate statistics IM DL850E 03EN 2 5 Waveform Computation and Analysis There are three statistical processing methods Normal statistical processing While acquiring waveforms the DL850E DL850EV measures the measurement items and calculates the statistics of the waveforms that it has acquired so far Cyclic statistical processing measurement and statistical processing are performed for each period The DL850E DL850EV divides the waveform into periods starting at the left side of the screen the oldest waveform and moving to the right side of the screen measures the selected measurement items within each period and performs statistical processing on the measurement items Statistical processing of history waveforms The DL850E DL850EV measures the measurement items and calculates the statistics of history waveforms Measurement and statistical processing begin with the oldest waveform GO NO GO Determination This feature is useful for signal testing on production lines and for tracking down abnormal phenomena The DL850E DL850EV determines whether the waveform enters the specified range When the DL850E DL850EV returns a GO or NO GO result specified actions are performed Determination Methods Waveform Zone The DL850E DL850EV returns GO NO GO results based on whether waveforms leave or enter the zone that you create using a base waveform The DL850E DL850EV returns a GO or 4 r No Go judgment a
252. ual noise level Input section shorted 1 mV or 0 02 div whichever is greater Typical Withstand voltage 3700 Vrms for 1 minute across each terminal and earth 60 Hz Allowable transient surge voltage instantaneous Insulation resistance 5200 Vpeak across each input terminal and earth 500 VDC 10 or more across each input terminal and earth A D conversion resolution 16 bit 2400 LSB div Temperature coefficient Zero point 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Gain 0 0296 of 10 div C Typical Response time only when observing RMS Rising 0 to 9096 of 10 div 100 ms Typical Falling 100 to 10 of 10 div 250 ms Typical Bandwidth limit Select from OFF 10 kHz 1 kHz and 100 Hz Cut off characteristics 12 dB OCT Typical Probe attenuation setting Voltage probe 1 1 10 1 100 1 1000 1 Current probe 10 A 1 V for the 700937 701933 100 A 1 V for the 701930 701931 IM DL850E 03EN App 31 xipueddy E Appendix 6 High Voltage 100 kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS 701260 Specifications Item Specifications Compatible probes Connection cable for high voltage 1 1 Recommended 1 cables 701901 isolated type BNC safety alligator clip adapter x2 For measuring 850 V DC ACpeak or less 701954 alligator clip dolphin type red black 2 piece set is required separately Voltage probe Recommended 2 700929 10 1 safety probe 20 to
253. uency Nonlinear phase characteristicst Interpolation can be turned on and off Resolver The angle of rotation is computed from the carrier signal sine signal and cosine signal Supported carrier frequencies 1 kHz to 20 kHz Tracking filter band setting 2 kHz 1 kHz 250 Hz 100 Hz Maximum measurable angular acceleration 140000 rps when the tracking filter is set to 2 kHz 54000 rps when the tracking filter is set to 1 kHz 1800 rps when the tracking filter is set to 250 Hz 180 rps when the tracking filter is set to 100 Hz Demodulation of the pulse width modulated PWM signal The PWM modulated signal is integrated over the modulation period and converted into an analog signal Reactive power The reactive power is computed from apparent power and effective power CAN ID detection The frame of the CAN bus signal with the specified ID is detected Torque The torque is computed from the measured frequenvy and the specified coefficient Math source Analog channels 1 to 16 and the sub channels of scanner and CAN modules waveforms Math results can be specified as sources of another channel However you can only specify math results of channels whose numbers are smaller than the channel that you are specifying sources for Math delay A uniform delay for each math operation regardless of the number of math channels Mean The mean can be calculated on the math results N
254. ulation code or other pulse train signal or when you are using the history feature Trigger Position When you move the trigger position the ratio of the displayed data before the trigger point pre data to the data after the trigger point post data changes When the trigger delay is O s the trigger point and trigger positions coincide Trigger Delay The DL850E DL850EV normally displays waveforms before and after the trigger point You can set a trigger delay to display waveforms at a specified amount of time after the trigger occurrence 2 6 IM DL850E 03EN 2 3 Waveform Acquisition Based on the data that has been stored in the acquisition memory the DL850E DL850EV performs various operations such as displaying waveforms on the screen computing measuring cursors and automatically measuring waveform parameters You can set the number of data points to store in the acquisition memory the record length enable or disable the sample data averaging feature and so on soJnjeo J Record Length Record length refers to the number of data points that are stored to the acquisition memory for each channel Display record length refers to the data points from the data stored in the acquisition memory that are displayed on the screen Normally the acquisition memory record length and display record length are the same but the time axis setting may cause them to differ When you change the time axis setting the sample rate and
255. umber of taps 32 fixed The calculation period changes automatically according to the DL850E DL850EV sample rate IM DL850E 03EN 6 9 suoneoyi2ods Bu 6 5 Features Item Specifications Zoom Method Zooming by Setting a V Zoom is set in steps of 1 2 or 5 to a value in the range of 10 00E 21 to 500 0E 18 Magnification Zooming by Upper limit 5 0000E 22 lower limit 1 0000E 23 Setting Upper and Lower Display Limits Power Math Option Item Specifications Math expression Real time math using hardware Math source channels Analog channel 1 to channel 16 multi channel modules cannot be selected as math sources Max math rate 10 MS s Math data update rate Math result output channels 100 kS s max Power analysis math CH13 CH14 harmonic analysis math CH15 CH16 fixed Math result 16 bits 2400 LSB div Results are converted to 16 bit values according to the scaling setting and stored in memory Power analysis Max number of analyzable systems Max number of simultaneous math parameters Up to two three phase systems can be computed simultaneously 126 when one system is measured 54 x 2 systems when two systems are measured Supported wiring systems Single phase two wire 1P2W single phase three wire 1P3W or three phase three wire 3P3W Three phase three wire system that uses a three voltage
256. ument For frequencies above 1 kHz damage may occur even if the voltage is less than the limits listed below Maximum input voltage at a frequency of 1 kHz or less Logic probes 702911 and 702912 35 V High speed logic probe 700986 42 V DC ACpeak e Isolated logic probe 700987 250 Vrms however ACpeak must be less than 350 V and DC must be less than 250 V Forlogic probes 702911 702912 700986 and the high speed logic probe the eight input lines of a single pod share the same ground Also the instrument s ground and the grounds of each pod are connected Do not apply signals with different common voltages to each input line Doing so may damage the instrument connected logic probes and connected devices The input terminals of an isolated logic probe are isolated from each other and from the DL850E DL850EV Turn off the DL850E DL850EV before you connect or remove a 26 pin connector from the logic signal input connector Do not stack isolated logic probes Also to prevent a probe s internal temperature from rising provide a sufficient amount of space around it Donotuse the YOKOGAWA 700985 logic probe with the DL850E DL850EV The 700985 is shaped so that it can be connected to the logic signal input connector of the DL850E DL850EV but it is not electrically compatible with the DL850E DL850EV so connecting the two could damage the DL850E DL850EV or the 700985 SSS IM DL850E 03EN 6 51 suoneoyi2ods Hu 6
257. urementrange Number of input channels FS to FS set using upper and lower limits 2 Maximum sample rate Input format 100 kS s DC bridge auto balancing balanced differential input and isolated Auto balance type Electronic auto balance Auto balance range 10000 USTR 1 gauge method Bridge voltage Select from 2 V 5 V and 10 V Gauge resistance 120 O to 1000 O bridge voltage 2 V 350 to 1000 bridge voltage 2 V 5 V and 10 V Gauge factor 1 90 to 2 20 set in 0 01 steps Frequency characteristics 7 3 dB point when a sine wave of amplitude 3 div is applied DC to 20 kHz mV V range support Supports the strain gauge transducer unit system mV V range 0 5x uSTR range 1000 Measurement range FS and measurement range When using STR range Measurement Range FS Measurement Range 500 uSTR 500 STR to 500 uSTR 1000 uSTR 1000 STR to 1000 uSTR 2000 uSTR 2000 uSTR to 2000 uSTR 5000 uUSTR 5000 STR to 5000 uSTR 10000 uSTR 10000 STR to 10000 uSTR 20000 uSTR 20000 5 to 20000 uSTR When using mV V range Measurement Range FS Measurement Range 0 25 mv V 0 25 mV V to 0 25 mV V 0 5 mV V 0 5 mV V to 0 5 mV V 1 mV V 1 mV V to 1 mV V 2 5 mV V 2 5 mVN to 2 5 mV V 5 mV V 5 mVN to 5 mV V 10 mV V 10 mV V to 10 mV V DC accuracy 0 5 of FS 5 uSTR Maximum i
258. ve the pointer close to the V DIV value in the upper left of the display The pointer becomes a Rotate the mouse wheel forward to increase the V DIV value and rotate it back to decrease the value Setting TIME DIV Move the pointer close to the TIME DIV value in the upper right of the display The pointer becomes a Rotate the mouse wheel forward to increase the TIME DIV value and rotate it back to decrease the value VIDIV setting TIME DIV setting Zoonl 70012 M E lt gt CURSI IM DL850E 03EN 4 9 O o 3 3 o 3 o 0 em o 2 o 44 Synchronizing the Clock This section explains how to set the DL850E DL850EV clock which is used to generate timestamps for measured data and files The DL850E DL850EV is factory shipped with a set date and time You must set the clock before you start measurements UTILITY System Config Menu Press UTILITY the System Config soft key and then the Date Time soft key to display the following Screen Date Time Setup Display OFF M Turns the display of the date Format 2010 04 20 and time on and off Set the display format Year Month Day 201 0 IT 4 of 20 Hour Minute Second Set the date and time 13 39 s 19 Set p Time Diff GMT Hour Minute 9 0 r Set the time difference from Greenwich Mean Time Setting the Display Format Format You ca
259. ver the total number of pixels including RGB The LCD may contain some pixels that are always illuminated or that never light Please be aware that these are not defects IM DL850E 03EN 6 3 suoneoyi2ods Hu 6 5 Features Waveform Acquisition and Display Item Specifications Acquisition mode Normal Envelope Averaging Box average Normal waveform acquisition The peak values are held at the maximum sample rate regardless of the Time div setting The number of times to average can be set to 2 to 65536 in 2 steps Increases the A D resolution by up to 4 bits 16 bits max Record length 1 kpoint 2 5 kpoint 5 kpoint 10 kpoint 25 kpoint 50 kpoint 100 kpoint 250 kpoint 500 kpoint 1 Mpoint 2 5 Mpoint 5 Mpoint 10 Mpoint 25 Mpoint 50 Mpoint 100 Mpoint 250 Mpoint 500 Mpoint on models with the M1 or M2 option 1000 Mpoint on models with the M1 or M2 option 2000 Mpoint on models with the M2 option Zoom The displayed waveform is expanded along the time axis up to two locations can be zoomed at separate zoom factors Auto scrolling The DL850E DL850EV automatically scrolls to the zoom position Display format 1 2 3 4 6 8 12 16 analog waveform windows Maximum number of displayed traces 64 traces per display group You can switch between four display groups Display interpolation Sampled points can be displayed through the use of dots OFF
260. vinyl chloride film or cellophane tape to the paper for a long time the recorded sections will fade due to the effect of the plasticizing material Use a holder made of polypropylene to store the roll paper When pasting the record paper to another material do not use paste that contains organic solvents such as alcohol or ether Doing so will change the paper s color We recommend that you make copies of the recordings if you intend to store them for a long period of time Because of the nature of heat sensitive paper the recorded sections may fade Handling Precautions Only use genuine YOKOGAWA supplied roll paper f you touch the roll paper with sweaty hands there is a chance that you will leave fingerprints on the paper or blur the recorded sections f you rub something hard against the surface of the roll paper the paper may change color due to frictional heat If the roll paper comes into contact with products such as chemicals or oil the paper may change color or the recorded sections may disappear 3 42 IM DL850E 03EN 3 18 Loading Roll Paper into the Built In Printer Optional Attaching the Roll Paper A CAUTION Do not touch the print head If you do you may burn yourself Do not touch the roll paper cutter section at the front end of the printer cover Doing so may cause injury o A the handle Printer cover OPEN COVER Si button Press the OPEN COVER button to open the printer c
261. voltage B Input negative measurement signal C Bridge negative bridge voltage D Input positive measurement signal E Floating common F Sense positive bridge voltage sensing G Sense positive bridge voltage sensing The connector shell is connected to the case potential Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage or allowable common mode input voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur aS ae 6 34 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal 701271 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Temperature 23 5 Humidity 20 to 8096 RH After a 30 minute warm up and after calibration and auto balance FS to FS set using upper and lower limits Effective measurementrange Number of input channels 2 Maximum sample rate 100 kS s Input format DC bridge auto balancing balanced differential input and isolated Auto balance type Electronic auto balance Auto balance range 10000 USTR 1 gauge method Bridge voltage Select from 2 V 5
262. voltage 1500 Vrms for 1 minute Allowable transient surge voltage between earth and input 2100 Vpeak 6 Typical value represents a typical or average value It is not strictly warranted 6 44 IM DL850E 03EN 6 13 Module Specifications Do not apply input voltage exceeding the maximum input voltage or allowable common mode input voltage To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to furnish protective earth grounding of the DL850E DL850EV To prevent the possibility of electric shock be sure to fasten the module screws Otherwise the electrical and mechanical protection functions will not be activated Avoid continuous connection under an environment in which the surge voltage may occur IM DL850E 03EN 6 45 suoneoyioods Hu 6 13 Module Specifications 16 CH Voltage Input Module 720220 Specifications Item Specifications Standard operating conditions Ambient temperature 23 5 Ambient humidity 20 to 80 RH After the DL850E DL850EV has been warmed up for 30 minutes and then calibration has been performed Valid measurement range 20 div 0 V 10 div Display range 10 div When Variable is set to OFF Number of input channels 16 Input coupling settings DC GND and OFF Maximum sample rate 200 kS s for a single channel 16 ch x 10 kS s Input format All isolated unbalanced Frequency characteristics DC to 5 kHz 73 dB point when a sine wave with an amplitude of
263. voltage 5 NC Not used can not be connected to NC Not used can not be connected to 6 CAN GND Ground LIN GND Ground 7 CAN H CAN high signal NC Not used can not be connected to 8 NC Not used can not be connected to NC Not used can not be connected to 9 NC Not used can not be connected to NC Not used can not be connected to One inch screws number 4 40 UNC are used Note The shell of the CAN bus signal input connector is connected to CAN GND The shell of the LIN bus signal input connector is connected to LIN GND Additionally CAN GND and its connector shell and LIN GND and its connector shell are isolated from the electric potential of the DL850E DL850EV case earth CAUTION Applying a voltage greater than the maximum input voltage may damage the input section Connecting the Cable Signal wires When you connect a cable to the D sub connector be sure to tighten the screws to ensure that the cable is connected securely CAN amp LIN bus monitor module 720241 CAN amp LIN Screws 3 40 IM DL850E 03EN 3 17 Attaching the Panel Sheet Depending on the suffix code attach the supplied front panel sheet if necessary You can attach the panel sheet over the panel sheet that was attached when the DL850E DL850EV was shipped from the factory Attaching the Panel Sheet There are three panel sheet attachment hooks on both the left and right sides of the front panel Hook the panel sh
264. w in which you can configure all the settings from the menus that appear when you press CH1 to CH16 The settings appear in a list NUM LOCK Key Press this key to use the CH1 to CH16 keys to enter numbers SCALE Knob Use this knob to set the vertical scale Before you turn this knob select the target waveform by pressing a key from CH1 to CH16 If you change the scale while waveform acquisition is stopped the setting actually takes effect when you restart waveform acquisition POSITION Knob Vertical POSITION Knob Use this knob to adjust the vertical display position vertical position of an input waveform Before you turn this knob select the target waveform by pressing a key from CH1 to CH16 This knob has a push Switch You can press the knob to reset the position to 0 00 div VERTICAL 7 5 C1 2 94 4 5 6 k Gs Ces 97 1 2 3 m CJ Cer Coa 0 ENTER Cant 14 15 6 SCALE ALL CH A POSITION NUMLOCK PUSI Horizontal Axis TIME DIV knob Use this knob to set the time axis scale If you change the scale while waveform acquisition is stopped the scale change actually takes effect when you restart waveform acquisition HORIZONTAL TIME DIV 1 7 syed Jo suonouny pue 1 2 Panel Keys and Knobs TRIGGER Group Keys SHIFT MODE
265. wer switch of the instrument is turned off To prevent the possibility of electric shock or fire be sure to use the power cord for the instrument that was supplied by YOKOGAWA To avoid electric shock be sure to ground the instrument Connect the power cord to a three prong power outlet with a protective earth terminal Do not use an extension cord without a protective earth ground Otherwise the protection function will be compromised If an AC outlet that conforms to the accessory power cord is unavailable and protective grounding cannot be furnished do not use the instrument Connecting the Power Cord 1 2 3 Check that the power switch is off Connect the power cord plug to the power inlet on the left side panel Connect the other end of the cord to an outlet that meets the conditions below Use the three prong power outlet equipped with a protective earth terminal Rated supply voltage 100 to 120 VAC 200 to 240 VAC Permitted supply voltage range 90 to 132 VAC 198 to 264 VAC Rated supply voltage frequency 50 60 Hz Permitted supply voltage frequency range 48 to 63 Hz Maximum power consumption Approx 200 VA max This value is for reference When the built in printer is not being used and there are 16 active channels provided by eight high speed 10 MS s 12 bit isolation modules the maximum power consumption is 135 VA The instrument can use a 100 V or a 200 V power supply The maximum rated voltage differs accor
266. witch is turned on self testing and calibration start automatically This lasts for approximately 30 seconds When the DL850E DL850EV starts normally the waveform display screen appears Check that the DL850E DL850EV has started normally before you use it If the DL850E DL850EV Does Not Start Normally When the Power Is Turned On Turn off the power switch and check the following items e Check that the power cord is securely connected Check that the correct voltage is coming to the power outlet Page 3 9 Initialize the settings to their factory defaults by turning on the power switch while holding down the RESET key For details about initializing the settings see section 4 6 Initializing Settings If the instrument still does not work properly contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer for repairs Note After turning the power off wait at least 10 seconds before you turn it on again Onthe DC power supply option repeatedly turning the power switch on and off will stop the power from being supplied because the internal protection will be activated If you refrain from turning the power on or off for 10 to 20 seconds the internal protection will be released and power supply will be restored The DC power supply LED lights in orange while power is not being supplied e It takes several seconds for the startup screen to appear Operations Performed When the Power Is Turned Off When the power switch is turned off or the power p
267. ynomials Math type Basic arithmetic Addition subtraction multiplication and division of two channels no coefficients Differentiation Differentiation using a fifth order Lagrange interpolation formula Integration Integration reset When waveform acquisition starts when a channel is turned condition on or off Selectable reset Over limit conditions 10 div Zero crossing When the source signal is moving in the to positive positive direction and crosses zero Zero crossing When the source signal is moving in the to negative X negative direction and crosses zero Basic arithmetic with coefficients Expressions Coefficients A B and C can be defined Addition Ax 51 S2 C Subtraction 51 52 C Multiplication 1 52 C Division Ax 51 S2 C Range of 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 coefficients A B and C IM DL850E 03EN 6 7 6 5 Features Item Specifications Angle of rotation Specify the A B and Z phase signals and the angle of the bit signal from the pulse integration logic input is computed as an absolute value Max setting of the number of pulses per rotation 65535 Logic signal analog waveform conversion Uses the logic signal as an analog signal and performs a scaling conversion Quartic polynomial Axs Bxs Oxs Dxs E Range of coefficients A B C D and E 9 9999E 30 t

DL850E/DL850EV ScopeCorder Getting Started - Electro

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents